SlideShare a Scribd company logo
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
122
Applications All types of control system
Rated operational current le max AC-3 (Ue y 440 V) 9 A 12 A 18 A 25 A 32 A 38 A
le AC-1 (q y 60 °C) 20/25 A 25/32 A 25/40 A 50 A
Rated operational voltage 690 V on a and c
Number of poles 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3
Rated operational power
in AC-3
220/240 V 2.2 kW 3 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW
380/400 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW
415/440 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW
500 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW
660/690 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW
1000 V – – – – – –
Auxiliary contacts 1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks common to
the whole range comprising up to 4 N/C or N/O instantaneous, up to 1 N/O + 1 N/C time delay
and up to 2 N/O or 2 N/C protected contacts and 2 screen continuity terminals.
Thermal overload relays
manual-auto compatible
Class 10 A 0.10…10 A 0.10…13 A 0.10…18 A 0.10…32 A 0.10…38 A 0.10…38 A
Class 20 2.5…10 A 2.5…13 A 2.5…18 A 2.5…32 A
Suppressor modules
(c and low consumption
contactors are fitted with a
built-in bidirectional peak
limiting diode suppressior
as standard)
Varistor p p p p p p
Diode – – – – – –
RC circuit p p p p p p
Bidirectional peak
limiting diode
p p p p p p
Interfaces Relay output p p p p p p
Relay interface with
manual override switch
p p p p p p
Solid state p p p p p p
Contactor
type references
a or c 3 pole LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32 LC1 D38
a 4 pole LC1 DT20/
LC1 D098
LC1 DT25/
LC1 D128
LC1 DT32/
LC1 D188
LC1 DT40/
LC1 D258
– –
c 4 pole – –
Reversing contactor
type references
a 3 pole LC2 D09 LC2 D12 LC2 D18 LC2 D25 LC2 D32 LC2 D38
c 3 pole LC2 D09 LC2 D12 LC2 D18 LC2 D25 LC2 D32 LC2 D38
a 4 pole LC2 DT20 LC2 DT25 LC2 DT32 LC2 DT40 – –
c 4 pole LC2 DT20 LC2 DT25 LC2 DT32 LC2 DT40 – –
Pages Contactors 152 to 157
Reversing contactors 162 to 165
Selection guide TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
123
40 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 95 A 115 A 150 A
60 A 80 A 125 A 200 A
690 V a or c 1000 V on a supply, 690 V on  c supply
3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3
11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 25 kW 30 kW 40 kW
18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW 75 kW
22 kW 25/30 kW 30 kW 45 kW 45 kW 59 kW 80 kW
22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 55 kW 55 kW 75 kW 90 kW
30 kW 33 kW 37 kW 45 kW 45 kW 80 kW 100 kW
– – – 45 kW 45 kW 75 kW 90 kW
1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks common to the whole range comprising up to 4 N/C or N/O instantaneous, up to
1 N/O + 1 N/C time delay and up to 2 N/O or 2 N/C protected contacts and 2 screen continuity terminals.
13…40 A 13…50 A 13…65 A 17…104 A 17…104 A 60…150 A 60…150 A
13…40 A 13…50 A 13…65 A 17…80 A 60…150 A 60…150 A
p p p p p p p p p p –
p p p p p p p p – – –
p p p p p p p p p p p
p p p p p p p p – – –
p p p p p p p p p p p
p p p p p p p p p p p
p p p p p p p p p p –
LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150
LC1 DT60A – LC1 DT80A LC1 D80 – LC1 D115 –
LC1 DT60A – LC1 DT80A LC1 D80 – LC1 D115 –
LC2 D40A LC2 D50A LC2 D65A LC2 D80 LC2 D95 LC2 D115 LC2 D150
LC2 D40A LC2 D50A LC2 D65A – – – –
– – – LC2 D80 – LC2 D115 –
– – – – – – –
152 to 157
162 to 165
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
124
Applications Automation systems
Rated operational current le max AC-3 (Ue y 440 V) 9 A 12 A 18 A
le AC-1 (q y 60 °C) 20/25 A 20/25 A 25/32 A
Rated operational voltage 690 V
Number of poles 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4
Rated operational
power in AC-3
220/240 V 2.2 kW 3 kW 4 kW
380/400 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW
415/440 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW
500 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW
660/690 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW
Coil consumption 2.4 W (100 mA - 24 V)
Operating ranges 0.7…1.25 Uc
Operating time
at 20 °C and at Uc
Closing 70 ms
Opening 25 ms
Auxiliary contact block modules 1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous contacts incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks
common to the whole range, comprising up to 2 N/C or 2 N/O instantaneous standard contacts
Interference suppression Built-in suppression as standard, by bi-directional peak limiting diode
Contactor type 3-pole LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18
4-pole LC1 DT20/D098 LC1 DT25/D128 LC1 DT32/D188
Reversing contactor type 3-pole LC2 D09 LC2 D12 LC2 D18
4-pole LC2 DT20 LC2 DT25 LC2 DT32
Pages Contactors 152 to 157
Reversing contactors 162 to 165
(1)	With low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173).
(2)	With 2 low consumption kits LA4 DBL (see page 173).
Selection guide TeSys contactors
TeSys D low consumption contactors
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
125
25 A 32 A 38 A 40 A 50 A 65 A
25/40 A 50 A 50 A 60 A – 80 A
690 V 690 V
3 or 4 3 3 3 3 3
5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW
11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW
11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 25/30 kW 30 kW
15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW
15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW 30 kW 33 kW 37 kW
2.4 W (100 mA - 24 V) 0.6 W (25 mA - 24 V) for relay LA4 DFB + the power consumed by the
contactor coil
0.7…1.25 Uc – – –
70 ms – – –
25 ms – – –
1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous contacts incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks common to the whole range, comprising up to 2 N/C or 2 N/O
instantaneous standard contacts
Built-in suppression as standard, by bi-directional peak limiting diode
LC1 D25 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 LC1 D40A (1) LC1 D50A (1) LC1 D65A (1)
LC1 DT40/D258 – – LC1 DT80A (1)
LC2 D25 LC2 D32 LC2 D38 LC2 D40A (2) LC2 D50A (2) LC2 D65A (2)
LC2 DT40
152 to 157
162 to 165
126
Selection� 5
Operational current and power conforming to IEC (q y 60 °C)
Contactor size LC1/
LP1
K06
LC1/
LP1
K09
LC1
K12
LC1
K16
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
Maximum operational current.
in AC-3
y 440 V A 6 9 12 16 9 12 18 25 32 38 40
Rated operational power P .
(standard motor power ratings)
220/240 V kW 1.5 2.2 3 3 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11
380/400 V kW 2.2 4 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 18.5
415 V kW 2.2 4 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 9 11 15 18.5 22
440 V kW 3 4 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 9 11 15 18.5 22
500 V kW 3 4 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 18.5 22
660/690 V kW 3 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 18.5 30
1000 V kW – – – – – – – – – – –
Maximum operating rate in operating cycles/hour (1)
On-load factor Operational
power
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
y 85 % P – – – – 1200 1200 1200 1200 1000 1000 1000
0.5 P – – – – 3000 3000 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500
y 25 % P – – – – 1800 1800 1800 1800 1200 1200 1200
Operational current and power conforming to UL, CSA (q y 60 °C)
Contactor size LC1/
LP1
K06
LC1/
LP1
K09
LC1/
LP1
K12
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
Maximum operational current.
in AC-3
y 440 V A 6 9 12 9 12 18 25 32 – 40
Rated operational power P .
(standard motor power ratings .
60 Hz)
200/208 V HP 1.5 2 3 2 3 5 7.5 10 – 10
230/240 V HP 1.5 3 3 2 3 5 7.5 10 – 10
460/480 V HP 3 5 7.5 5 7.5 10 15 20 – 30
575/600 V HP 3 5 10 7.5 10 15 20 25 – 30
(1) Depending on the operational power and the on-load factor (q y 60 °C).
  
  
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
TeSys contactors� 5
For utilisation category AC-3
  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
127
 5
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F780
LC1
F800
LC1
BL
LC1
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
50 65 80 95 115 150 185 225 265 330 400 500 630 780 800 750 1000 1500 1800
15 18,5 22 25 30 40 55 63 75 100 110 147 200 220 250 220 280 425 500
22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 335 400 450 400 500 750 900
25 30 45 45 59 80 100 110 140 180 220 280 375 425 450 425 530 800 900
30 30 45 45 59 80 100 110 140 200 250 295 400 425 450 450 560 800 900
30 37 55 55 75 90 110 129 160 200 257 355 400 450 450 500 600 750 900
33 37 45 45 80 100 110 129 160 220 280 335 450 475 475 560 670 750 900
.
.
– – 45 45 65 75 100 100 147 160 185 335 450 450 450 530 530 670 750
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F780
LC1
F800
LC1
BL
LC1
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
1000 1000 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 500 500 500 500 500 120 120 120 120
2500 2500 2000 2000 2000 1200 2000 2000 2000 2000 1200 1200 1200 1200 600 120 120 120 120
.
.
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 600 600 120 120 120 120
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F780
LC1
F800
50 65 80 95 115 150 185 225 265 330 400 500 630 780 800
15 20 30 30 30 40 50 60 60 75 100 150 250 – 350
15 20 30 30 40 50 60 75 75 100 125 200 300 450 400
40 40 60 60 75 100 125 150 150 200 250 400 600 900 900
.
.
40 50 60 60 100 125 150 150 200 250 300 500 800 – 900
 5
  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
128
Selection (continued)� 5
Selection according to required electrical durability, in category AC-3 (Ue�  y 440 V)
Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst running.
The current broken (Ic) in category AC-3 is equal to the rated operational current (Ie) of the motor.
Operational power in kW-50 Hz.
Example:
Asynchronous motor with  P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 400 V - Ie = 11 A - Ic = Ie = 11 A.
or asynchronous motor with  P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 11 A - Ic = Ie = 11 A.
3 million operating cycles required. .
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 D18.
Selection according to required electrical durability, in category AC-3 (Ue = 660/690 V) (1)
Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst running.
The current broken (Ic) in category AC-3 is equal to the rated operational current (Ie) of the motor.
(1)	For Ue = 1000 V, use the 660/690 V curves, but do not exceed the operational current at the operational power indicated for 1000 V.
2
1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 16
18
20 30
25
32 40
37 50 65 80 115
95 150
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
1,5
2
4
6
8
10
LC1-D09
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K09
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K06
LC1
D12
LC1
K16
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
200
0,55
0,75
1,5
2,2
3
4
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
25
30
230 V
400 V
0,75
1,5
2,2
4
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
30
37
kW
1,5
2,2
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
37
45
55
75
30
440 V kW
kW
45
55
75
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
2
1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 16
18
20 30
25
32 40
37 50 65 80 115
95 150
0,5
0,6
0,8
1
1,5
2
4
6
8
10
LC1-D09
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K09
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K06
LC1
D12
LC1
K16
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
200
0,55
0,75
1,5
2,2
3
4
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
25
30
230 V
400 V
0,75
1,5
2,2
4
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
30
37
kW
1,5
2,2
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
37
45
55
75
30
440 V kW
kW
45
55
75
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
0,6
0,8
1
1,5
2
3
4
6
8
10
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32,
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
200
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
6,6
10
11
15
17
20
22 35
33 40
42 48
50 60 90
80 100
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
0,6
0,8
1
1,5
2
3
4
6
8
10
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32,
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
200
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9
6,6
10
11
15
17
20
22 35
33 40
42 48
50 60 90
80 100
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
TeSys contactors� 5
For utilisation category AC-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
129
Selection (continued)� 5
Selection according to required electrical durability, in category AC-3 (Ue�  y 440 V)
Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst running.
The current broken (Ic) in category AC-3 is equal to the rated operational current (Ie) of the motor.
Operational power in kW-50 Hz.
Example:
Asynchronous motor with  P = 132 kW - Ue = 380 V - Ie = 245 A - Ic = Ie = 245 A
or asynchronous motor with  P = 132 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 240 A - Ic = Ie = 240 A
1.5 million operating cycles required. 
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 F330.�	
(1)	The dotted lines are only applicable to LC1 BL contactors.
Selection according to required electrical durability, in category AC-3 (Ue = 660/690 V)
Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst running.
The current broken (Ic) in category AC-3 is equal to the rated operational current (Ie) of the motor.
Example:
Asynchronous motor with P = 132 kW - Ue = 660 V - Ie = 140 A - Ic = Ie = 140 A
1.5 million operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 F330.
(1)	The dotted lines are only applicable to LC1 BL contactors.
20 30 40 50 60 80
90
100 400 800 1000 2000
(1)
600
0,4
0,8
1
1,5
2
4
6
8
10
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
25
30
40
55
110
11
15
18,5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
132
160
200
250
335
400
500
750
900
11
15
18,5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
132
200
285
45
75
200
220
147
220 V
230 V
kW
kW
kW
380 V
400 V
440 V
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F780
LC1
F630
LC1
F800
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
LC1
BL,
BM
0,6
200
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
20 30 40 50 60 80
90
100 400 800 1000 2000
(1)
600
0,4
0,8
1
1,5
2
4
6
8
10
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
25
30
40
55
110
11
15
18,5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
132
160
200
250
335
400
500
750
900
11
15
18,5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
132
200
285
45
75
200
220
147
220 V
230 V
kW
kW
kW
380 V
400 V
440 V
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F780
LC1
F630
LC1
F800
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
LC1
BL,
BM
0,6
200
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
0,6
0,8
1
1,5
2
4
6
8
10
20 30 40 50 60 80 90 100 400 800 1000 2000
200 600
118
129
170
220 305 355 485
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F780
LC1
F800
LC1
F630
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
LC1
BL,
BM
0,4
kW
110
160
355
335
129
220
670
750
900
475
560
660 V
690 V
(1)
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
0,6
0,8
1
1,5
2
4
6
8
10
20 30 40 50 60 80 90 100 400 800 1000 2000
200 600
118
129
170
220 305 355 485
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F780
LC1
F800
LC1
F630
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
LC1
BL,
BM
0,4
kW
110
160
355
335
129
220
670
750
900
475
560
660 V
690 V
(1)
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
TeSys contactors� 5
For utilisation category AC-3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
130
Selection� 5
Maximum operational current (open-mounted device)
Contactor size LC1/
LP1
K09
LC1/
LP1
K12
LC1
D09
LC1
DT20
LC1
D12
DT25
LC1
D18
DT32
LC1
D25
DT40
LC1
D32
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
DT60A
Maximum operating rate .
in operating cycles/hour
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
Connection
conforming to IEC 60947-1
Cable c.s.a. mm2
4 4 4 4 4 6 6 10 10 35
Bar c.s.a. mm – – – – – – – – – –
Operational current in AC-1 in A,
according to the .
ambient temperature,.
conforming to IEC 60947-1
y 40 °C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60
y 60 °C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60
y 70 °C A (at UC) (1) (1) 17 (1) 17 22 28 35 35 42
Maximum operational.
power y 60 °C
220/230 V kW 8 8 9 8 9 11 14 18 18 21
240 V kW 8 8 9 8 9 12 15 19 19 23
380/400 V kW 14 14 15 14 15 20 25 31 31 37
415 V kW 14 14 17 14 17 21 27 34 34 41
440 V kW 15 15 18 15 18 23 29 36 36 43
500 V kW 17 17 20 17 20 23 33 41 41 49
660/690 V kW 22 22 27 22 27 34 43 54 54 65
1000 V kW – – – – – – – – – –
(1)	Please consult your Regional Sales Office.
Increase in operational current by parallel connection of poles
Apply the following coefficients to the currents or power values given above; these coefficients take into account an often unbalanced
current distribution between the poles:
2 poles in parallel: K = 1.6
3 poles in parallel: K = 2.25
4 poles in parallel: K = 2.8
b
b
b
Selection according to required electrical durability, in category AC-1 (Ue�  y 440 V)
Control of resistive circuits (cos φ u 0.95).
The current broken (Ic) in category AC-1 is equal to the current (Ie) normally drawn by the load.
Example:
Ue = 220 V - Ie = 50 A q y 40 °C - Ic�������������
 ������������
=�����������
 ����������
Ie��������
 �������
=������
 �����
50 A.
2 million operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: either LC1 or LP1 D50.
b
b
b
    
20 25 32
10
2 4
3 6 8
1 40 50 60 80 100 125 200 400
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
1,5
2
4
6
8
10
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K09
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K12
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32,
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1,
LP1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
250
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
20 25 32
10
2 4
3 6 8
1 40 50 60 80 100 125 200 400
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
1,5
2
4
6
8
10
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K09
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K12
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32,
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1,
LP1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
250
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
Réferences :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
Réferences :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
Réferences :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
Réferences :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
TeSys contactors� 5
For utilisation category AC-1
    
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
131
 5
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
DT80A
LC1/
LP1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F780
LC1
F800
LC1
BL
LC1
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 120 120 120 120
35 35 50 50 120 120 150 185 185 240 – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – 2
30 x 5
2
40 x 5
2
60 x 5
2
100 x 5
2
60 x 5
2
50 x 5
2
80 x 5
2
100 x 5
2
100 x 10
80 80 125 125 250 250 275 315 350 400 500 700 1000 1600 1000 800 1250 2000 2750
80 80 125 125 200 200 275 280 300 360 430 580 850 1350 850 700 1100 1750 2400
56 56 80 80 160 160 180 200 250 290 340 500 700 1100 700 600 900 1500 2000
29 29 45 45 80 80 90 100 120 145 170 240 350 550 350 300 425 700 1000
31 31 49 49 83 83 100 110 125 160 180 255 370 570 370 330 450 800 1100
50 50 78 78 135 135 165 175 210 250 300 430 600 950 600 500 800 1200 1600
54 54 85 85 140 140 170 185 220 260 310 445 630 1000 630 525 825 1250 1700
58 58 90 90 150 150 180 200 230 290 330 470 670 1050 670 550 850 1400 2000
65 65 102 102 170 170 200 220 270 320 380 660 750 1200 750 600 900 1500 2100
80 80 135 135 235 235 280 300 370 400 530 740 1000 1650 1000 800 1100 1900 2700
– – 120 120 345 345 410 450 540 640 760 950 1500 2400 1500 1100 1700 3000 4200
.
.
.
.
.
Example:
Ue = 220 V - Ie = 500 A - q y 40 °C - Ic = Ie = 500 A.
2 million operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 F780.
(1)	The dotted lines are only applicable to LC1 F225 contactors.
b
b
b
    
20 40 50 60 80 100 200 300
400
600 800 1000 2000 4000
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
2
4
6
8
10
LC1
F185
LC1
F265
LC1
F225
LC1
F330
275 315
350
500 700
1600
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F800
LC1
F780
LC1
BL,
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
(1)
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
20 40 50 60 80 100 200 300
400
600 800 1000 2000 4000
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
2
4
6
8
10
LC1
F185
LC1
F265
LC1
F225
LC1
F330
275 315
350
500 700
1600
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F800
LC1
F780
LC1
BL,
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
(1)
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
 5
    
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
132
Selection� 5
Maximum breaking current
Category AC-2: slip ring motors - breaking the starting current.
Category AC-4: squirrel cage motors - breaking the starting current.
Contactor size LC1/
LP1
K06
LC1/
LP1
K09
LC1/
LP1
K12
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
In category AC-4 (le max) Ue y 440 V
le max broken = .
6 x l motor
A 36 54 54 54 72 108 150 192 192 240
440 V  Ue y 690 V
le max broken = .
6 x l motor
A 26 40 40 40 50 70 90 105 105 150
Depending on the maximum operating rate (1) and the on-load factor, q y 60 °C (2)
From 150 and 15 % to 300 and 10 % A 20 30 30 30 40 45 75 80 80 110
From 150 and 20 % to 600 and 10 % A 18 27 27 27 36 40 67 70 70 96
From 150 and 30 % to 1200 and 10 % A 16 24 24 24 30 35 56 60 60 80
From 150 and 55 % to 2400 and 10 % A 13 19 19 19 24 30 45 50 50 62
From 150 and 85 % to 3600 and 10 % A 10 16 16 16 21 25 40 45 45 53
(1)	Do not exceed the maximum number of operating cycles..
(2)	For temperatures higher than 60 °C, use a maximum operating rate value equal to 80% of the actual value when selecting from the tables.  
Counter current braking (plugging)
The current varies from the maximum plug-braking current to the rated motor current.
The making current must be compatible with the rated making and breaking capacities of the contactor.
As breaking normally takes place at a current value at or near the locked rotor current, the contactor can be selected using the criteria for
categories AC-2 and AC-4.
Permissible AC-4 power rating for 200 000 operating cycles
Operational voltage LCp/
LPp
K06
LCp/
LPp
K09
LCp
LPp
K12
LCp
D09
LCp
D12
LCp
D18
LCp
D25
LCp
D32
LCp
D38
LCp
D40A
220/230 V kW 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 4 4 4
380/400 V kW 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.7 4 5.5 7.5 7.5 9
415 V kW 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 3 3.7 5.5 7.5 7.5 9
440 V kW 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 3 3.7 5.5 7.5 7.5 11
500 V kW 2.2 3 3 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 9 11
660/690 V kW 3 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 11 15
  
  
TeSys contactors� 5
For utilisation categories AC-2 or AC-4
  
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
133
 5
.
.
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F26
LC1
F330
LC1
F40
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F780
LC1
F800
LC1
BL
LC1
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
.
.
300 390 480 570 630 830 1020 1230 1470 1800 2220 2760 3360 4260 3690 4320 5000 7500 9000
.
.
170 210 250 250 540 640 708 810 1020 1410 1830 2130 2760 2910 2910 4000 4800 5400 6600
140 160 200 200 280 310 380 420 560 670 780 1100 1400 1600 1600 2250 3000 4500 5400
120 148 170 170 250 280 350 400 500 600 700 950 1250 1400 1400 2000 2400 3750 5000
100 132 145 145 215 240 300 330 400 500 600 750 950 1100 1100 1500 2000 3000 3600
80 110 120 120 150 170 240 270 320 390 450 600 720 820 820 1000 1500 2000 2500
70 90 100 100 125 145 170 190 230 290 350 500 660 710 710 750 1000 1500 1800
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
LCp
D50A
LCp
D65A
LCp
D80
LCp
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F780
LC1
F800
LC1
BL
LC1
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
5.5 7.5 7.5 9 9 11 18.5 22 28 33 40 45 55 63 63 90 110 150 200
11 11 15 15 18.5 22 33 40 51 59 75 80 100 110 110 160 160 220 250
11 11 15 15 18.5 22 37 45 55 63 80 90 100 110 110 160 160 250 280
11 15 15 15 18.5 22 37 45 59 63 80 100 110 132 132 160 200 250 315
15 15 22 22 30 37 45 55 63 75 90 110 132 150 150 180 200 250 355
15 18.5 25 25 30 45 63 75 90 110 129 140 160 185 185 200 250 315 450
 5
  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
134
TeSys contactors� 5
For utilisation categories AC-2 or AC-4
Selection (continued)� 5
Selection according to required electrical durability, in categories AC-2 or AC-4 (Ue�  y 440 V)
Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors (AC-4) or slip ring motors (AC-2) with breaking whilst motor stalled.
The current broken (Ic) in AC-2 is equal to 2.5 x Ie.
The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie. (Ie = rated operational current of the motor).
Example:
Asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue  = 400 V - Ie  = 11 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 66 A
or asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 11 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 66 A.
200 000 operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 D25. 
(1)	The dotted lines are only applicable to LC1, LP1 K12 contactors.
b
b
b
b
Selection according to required electrical durability, use in category AC-4 (440 V  Ue y 690 V)
Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst motor stalled
The current broken (Ic) in AC-2 is equal to 2.5 x Ie.
The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie. (Ie = rated operational current of the motor).
5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 36 40 50 54 80
72 108 150 192 240 300 390 480 630 828 1000
570
0,01
0,02
0,03
0,04
0,06
0,05
0,08
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32
et
D38
LC1
D40A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K09,K12
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K06
(1)
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 36 40 50 54 80
72 108 150 192 240 300 390 480 630 828 1000
570
0,01
0,02
0,03
0,04
0,06
0,05
0,08
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32
et
D38
LC1
D40A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K09,K12
LC1,
LP1,
LP4
K06
(1)
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 90
70 105 121 210 250 300 400 500 640 800 1000
540
0,01
0,02
0,03
0,04
0,06
0,05
0,08
0,07
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D40A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
150
LC1
D32,
D38
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 90
70 105 121 210 250 300 400 500 640 800 1000
540
0,01
0,02
0,03
0,04
0,06
0,05
0,08
0,07
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D40A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
150
LC1
D32,
D38
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
135
Selection (continued)� 5
Selection according to required electrical durability, in categories AC-2 or AC-4 (Ue�  y 440 V)
Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors (AC-4) or slip ring motors (AC-2) with breaking whilst motor stalled.
The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie.
(Ie = rated operational current of the motor).
Example:
Asynchronous motor with P = 90 kW - Ue��������������������������������������������
 �������������������������������������������
= 380 V - Ie�������������������������������
 ������������������������������
= 170�������������������������
 ������������������������
A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 1020���
 ��
A .
or asynchronous motor with P = 90 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 165 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 990 A.
60 000 operating cycles required.
The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 F265.
b
b
b
Selection according to required electrical durability, use in category AC-4 (440 V  Ue y 690 V)
Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst motor stalled.
The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie.
(Ie = rated operational current of the motor).
6000 10 000
100 200 400 600 800 1020 1470 2220 3360 4260
3690
2760
1230 1800
5000 8000 20 000
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04
0,02
0,01
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F800
LC1
F780
LC1
BL,
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
6000 10 000
100 200 400 600 800 1020 1470 2220 3360 4260
3690
2760
1230 1800
5000 8000 20 000
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04
0,02
0,01
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F800
LC1
F780
LC1
BL,
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
10 000
100 200 400 600 800 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 000
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04
0,02
0,01
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F780,
F800
LC1
BL,
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
10 000
100 200 400 600 800 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 000
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,1
0,08
0,06
0,04
0,02
0,01
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F780,
F800
LC1
BL,
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Current broken in A
TeSys contactors� 5
For utilisation categories AC-2 or AC-4
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 145
References :
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 182 to 187
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
136
Selection 5
+ –
2 poles
+ –
3 poles
+ –
4 poles
1 pole
+ –
Rated operational current (Ie) in Amperes, in utilisation category DC-1,
resistive loads: time constant
L
__
R
y 1 ms, ambient temperature y 60 °C
Rated
opera-
tional
voltage
Ue
No. of
poles
connec-
ted in
series
Contactor rating (1)
LC1
D09
LC1
DT20
LC1
D12
DT25
LC1
D18
DT32
LC1
D25
DT40
LC1
D32
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
LC1
DT60A
V
24 1 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50
48/75 1 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50
125 1 4 4 4 4 7 7 7 7 7
2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50
250 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 4 4 4 4 7 7 7 7 7
3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50
300 3 4 4 4 4 7 7 7 7 –
4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50
460 1 – – – – – – – – –
4 – – – – – – – – –
900 2 – – – – – – – – –
1200 3 – – – – – – – – –
1500 4 – – – – – – – – –
Rated operational current (Ie) in Amperes, in utilisation category DC-2
to DC-5, inductive loads: time constant
L
__
R
y 15 ms, ambient temperature y 60 °C
Rated
oper-
ational
voltage
Ue
No. of
poles
connec-
ted in
series
C����������������
ontactor rating� (1)
LC1
D09
LC1
DT20
LC1
D12
DT25
LC1
D18
DT32
LC1
D25
DT40
LC1
D32
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A
LC1
DT60A
V
24 1 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50
48/75 1 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50
125 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4
2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50
4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50
250 1 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4
3 8 8 8 8 32 40 40 50 50
4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50
300 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
4 – 8 8 8 32 – – – 50
460 1 – – – – – – – – –
4 – – – – – – – – –
900 2 – – – – – – – – –
1200 3 – – – – – – – – –
1500 4 – – – – – – – – –
(1)	For rated operational currents of contactors LC1 and LP1 K: please consult your
Regional Sales Office.
    
TeSys contactors 5
For utilisation categories DC-1 to DC-5
       
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
137
 5
 5
      
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
DT80A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F780
LC1
F800
LC1
BL
LC1
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
– – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
– – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
7 7 7 12 12 12 12 210 230 270 320 380 520 760 1180 760 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 210 230 270 320 380 520 760 1180 760 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
– – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
1 1,5 1,5 2 2 10 10 – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400
7 7 7 12 12 200 200 190 200 250 280 350 450 700 1000 700 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
– – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
7 7 7 12 12 200 200 190 200 250 280 350 450 700 1000 700 700 1100 1750 2400
– – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1000 850 700 1100 1750 2400
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400
– – – – – 200 – 190 200 250 280 350 450 700 1000 700 700 1100 1750 2400
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A
LC1
DT80A
LC1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115
LC1
D150
LC1
F185
LC1
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630
LC1
F780
LC1
F800
LC1
BL
LC1
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
– – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 – – – –
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
– – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
4 4 4 5 5 10 10 – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 160 180 250 300 350 500 700 1000 700 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 240 280 310 350 550 850 1000 850 700 1100 1750 2400
– – 65 100 – 200 – 240 240 280 310 350 550 850 1000 850 700 1100 1750 2400
1 1.5 1.5 1 1 3 3 – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400
4 4 4 5 5 200 200 140 160 220 280 310 480 680 900 680 700 1100 1750 2400
65 65 65 100 100 200 200 160 180 250 300 350 500 700 1000 700 700 1100 1750 2400
– – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
3 3 3 5 5 200 200 140 160 220 280 310 480 680 900 680 700 1100 1750 2400
– – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400
– – – – – 200 – 140 160 220 280 310 480 680 800 680 700 1100 1750 2400
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400
    
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
138
Selection� 5
Selection according to required electrical durability, use in categories DC-1 to DC-5
The criteria for contactor selection are:
the rated operational current Ie,
the rated operational voltage Ue,
the utilisation category and the time constant L/R,
the required electrical durability.
b
b
b
b
Maximum operating rate (operating cycles)
The following limits must not be exceeded: 120 operating cycles/hour at rated operational current Ie.
Electrical durability
Example
Series wound motor - P = 1.5 kW - Ue = 200 V - Ie = 7.5 A. Utilisation: reversing, inching.
Utilisation category = DC-5.
Select contactor LC1 D09 with 3 poles in series.
The power broken is: Pc total = 2.5 x 200 x 7.5 = 3.75 kW.
The power broken per pole is: 1.25 kW.
The electrical durability read from the curve is u 3 millions of operating cycles.
b
b
b
b
b
Use of poles in parallel
Electrical durability can be increased by using poles connected in parallel.
With N poles connected in parallel, the electrical durability becomes: electrical
durability read from the curves x N x 0.7.
Note: 1
When the poles are connected in parallel, the maximum operational currents
indicated on pages 136 et 137 must not be exceeded.
Note: 2
Ensure that the connections are made in such a way as to equalise the currents in
each pole.
0,01
0,02
0,04
0,06
0,08
1
2
4
6
8
10
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
0,7
1
0,8
0,9
2 3 4 5 6 7 9
8 10 16
14 20 30
24 32 36
40 50 60 70 90
80
100
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32,
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A,
DT60A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A,
DT80A
LC1,
LP1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115,
D150
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Power broken per pole in kW
0,01
0,02
0,04
0,06
0,08
1
2
4
6
8
10
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
0,7
1
0,8
0,9
2 3 4 5 6 7 9
8 10 16
14 20 30
24 32 36
40 50 60 70 90
80
100
LC1
D09
LC1
D12
LC1
D18
LC1
D25
LC1
D32,
LC1
D38
LC1
D40A,
DT60A
LC1
D50A
LC1
D65A,
DT80A
LC1,
LP1
D80
LC1
D95
LC1
D115,
D150
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Power broken per pole in kW
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
TeSys contactors� 5
For utilisation categories DC-1 to DC-5
139
Selection (continued)� 5
Selection according to required electrical durability, use in categories DC-1 to DC-5
Determining the electrical durability
The electrical durability can be read directly from the curves below, having previously calculated the power broken as follows: .
P broken = U broken x l broken..
The tables below give the values of Uc and Ic for the various utilisation categories.
Power broken
Utilisation categories U broken I broken P broken
DC-1   Non inductive or slightly inductive loads Ue Ie Ue x Ie
DC-2   Shunt wound motors, breaking whilst motor running 0.1 Ue Ie 0.1 Ue x Ie
DC-3   Shunt wound motors, reversing, inching Ue 2.5 Ie Ue x 2.5 Ie
DC-4   Series wound motors, breaking whilst motor running 0.3 Ue Ie 0.3 Ue x Ie
DC-5   Series wound motors, reversing, inching Ue 2.5 Ie Ue x 2.5 Ie
Example
Series wound motor: P = 40 kW - Ue = 200 V - Ie = 200 A. Utilisation: reversing, inching.
Utilisation category = DC-5.
Select contactor LC1 F265 with 2 poles in series.
The power broken is: Pc total = 2.5 x 200 x 200 = 100 kW.
The power broken per pole is 50 kW.
The electrical durability read from the curve is 500 000 operating cycles.
b
b
b
b
2 3 4 5 6 7 9
10
20 30 40 50 60 70
100
90 200 300 400
500
600
700
1000
800
900 2000
4000
3000 5000
LC1
F185,
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630,
F800
LC1
F780
LC1
BL,
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
0,01
0,02
0,04
0,06
0,08
1
2
4
6
8
10
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Power broken per pole in kW
2 3 4 5 6 7 9
10
20 30 40 50 60 70
100
90 200 300 400
500
600
700
1000
800
900 2000
4000
3000 5000
LC1
F185,
F225
LC1
F265
LC1
F330
LC1
F400
LC1
F500
LC1
F630,
F800
LC1
F780
LC1
BL,
BM
LC1
BP
LC1
BR
0,01
0,02
0,04
0,06
0,08
1
2
4
6
8
10
0,1
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Power broken per pole in kW
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions, schemes:
pages 182 to 187
TeSys contactors� 5
For utilisation categories DC-1 to DC-5
140
Contactor type LC1 D09…D18
DT20 and
DT25
D25…D38
DT32 and
DT40
D40A…D65A
DT60A and
DT80A
D80…D95 D115 and
D150
Environment
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 60947-4-1,
overvoltage category III, .
degree of pollution: 3
V 690 1000
Conforming to UL, CSA V 600
Rated impulse
withstand voltage (Uimp)
Conforming to IEC 60947 kV 6 8
Conforming to standards IEC/EN 60947-4-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22.2 n°14.
Product certifications UL, CSA (1), CCC, GOST
GL, DNV, RINA, BV, LROS (pending for contactors LC1 D40A to D65A)
Degree of protection (2)
(front face only)
Conforming to VDE 0106 .
and IEC 60529
Power circuit connections Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X
Coil connection Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X
Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068-2-30 “TH”
Ambient air temperature
around the device
Storage °C - 60…+ 80
Operation °C - 5…+ 60
Permissible °C - 40…+ 70, for operation at Uc
Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 3000
Operating positions
(3)
Without derating .
in the following positions
a/c a c
9
0
°
90 °
180
°
180
°
Positions that are .
not permissible
For c contactors LC1 D09 to LC1 D65A.
Flame resistance Conforming to UL 94 V1
Conforming to IEC 60695-2-1 °C 850
Shock resistance (4)
1/2 sine wave = 11 ms
Contactor open 10 gn 8 gn 10 gn 8 gn 6 gn
Contactor closed 15 gn 15 gn 15 gn 10 gn 15 gn
Vibration resistance (4)
5…300 Hz
Contactor open 2 gn
Contactor closed 4 gn 4 gn 4 gn 3 gn 4 gn
(1)	Contactor LC1 D95 with d.c. coil is not UL/CSA certified.
(2)	Protection provided for the cabling c.s.a.'s indicated on the next page and for connection by cable.
(3)	When mounting on a vertical rail, use a stop.
(4)	Without modifying the contact states, in the most unfavourable direction (coil energised at Ue).
Characteristics TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors
141
Contactor type LC1 D09
and D12
DT20
and DT25
D18
(3P)
D25
(3P)
D32 D38 D18 and
D25 (4P)
DT32 and
DT40
D40A to
D65A
DT60A
and
DT80A (1)
D80
and D95
D115
and D150
Power circuit connections
Screw clamp terminal connections
Tightening Screw clamp terminals Connector
2 inputs
Screw
clamp
terminals
Connector
1 input
Connector
2 inputs
Flexible cable
without cable end
1 conductor mm2
1…4 1.5…6 2.5…10 2.5…10 1…35 4…50 10…120
2 conductors mm2
1…4 1.5…6 2.5…10 2.5…10 1…25
and 1…35
4…25 10…120
+ 10…50
Flexible cable
with cable end
1 conductor mm2
1…4 1…6 1…10 2.5…10 1…35 4…50 10…120
2 conductors mm2
1…2.5 1…4 1.5…6 2.5…10 1…25
and 1…35
4…16 10…120
+ 10…50
Solid cable
without cable end
1 conductor mm2
1…4 1.5…6 1.5…10 2.5…16 1…35 4…50 10…120
2 conductors mm2
1…4 1.5…6 2.5…10 2.5…16 1…25
and 1…35
4…25 10…120
+ 10…50
Screwdriver Philips N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 – – –
Flat screwdriver Ø Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 – Ø 6…Ø 8 –
Hexagonal key – – – – 4 4 4
Tightening torque N.m 1.7 1.7 2.5 1.8 5:
y 25 mm2
8: 35 mm2
9 12
Spring terminal connections (2)
Flexible cable
without cable end
1 conductor mm2
2.5
(4: DT25)
4 4 4 – 10 – –
2 conductors mm2
2.5
(except
DT25)
4 4 4 – – – –
Connection by bars or lugs
Bar c.s.a. – – – – – – 3 x 16 5 x 25
Lug external Ø mm 8 8 10 10 8 16.5 17 25
Ø of screw mm M3.5 M3.5 M4 M4 M3.5 M6 M6 M8
Screwdriver Philips N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 – – –
Flat screwdriver Ø Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 – Ø 8 –
Key for hexagonal headed screw – – – – – 10 10 13
Tightening torque N.m 1.7 1.7 2.5 2.5 1.8 6 9 12
Control circuit connections
Connection by cable (tightening via screw clamps)
Flexible cable
without cable end
1 conductor mm2
1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…2.5
2 conductors mm2
1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…2.5
Flexible cable
with cable end
1 conductor mm2
1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…2.5 1…2.5
2 conductors mm2
1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5
Solid cable
without cable end
1 conductor mm2
1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…2.5
2 conductors mm2
1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…2.5
Screwdriver Philips N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2
Flat screwdriver Ø Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6
Tightening torque N.m 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.2 1.2
Spring terminal connections (2)
Flexible cable
without cable end
1 conductor mm2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 – 2.5 0.75…2.5 – –
2 conductors mm2
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 – 2.5 0.75…2.5 – –
Connection by bars or lugs
Lug external Ø mm 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Ø of screw mm M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5
Screwdriver Philips N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2
Flat screwdriver Ø Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6
Tightening torque N.m 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.2 1.2
(1)	BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be used (reference LAD ALLEN4,
see page 175).
(2)	If cable ends are used, choose the next size down (example: for 2.5 mm2
, use 1.5 mm2
) and square crimp the cable ends using a special tool.
Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors
142
Contactor type LC1 D09
(3P)
DT20
D098
D12
(3P)
DT25
D128
D18
(3P)
DT32
D188
D25
(3P)
DT40
D258
Pole characteristics
Rated operational current (Ie)
(Ue y 440 V)
In AC-3, q y 60 °C A 9 12 18 25
In AC-1, q y 60 °C A 25 (1) 20 25 (1) 25 32 (1) 32 40 (1) 40
Rated operational voltage (Ue) Up to V 690 690 690 690
Frequency limits Of the operational current Hz 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400
Conventional thermal
current (Ith)
q y 60 °C A 25 (1) 20 25 (1) 25 32 (1) 32 40 (1) 40
Rated making capacity (440 V) Conforming to IEC 60947 A 250 250 300 450
Rated breaking capacity (440 V) Conforming to IEC 60947 A 250 250 300 450
Permissible short time rating
No current flowing for preceding
15 minutes with  q y 40 °C
For 1 s A 210 210 240 380
For 10 s A 105 105 145 240
For 1 min A 61 61 84 120
For 10 min A 30 30 40 50
Fuse protection
against short-circuits .
(U y 690 V)
Without thermal
overload relay, .
gG fuse
type 1 A 25 40 50 63 
type 2 A 20 25 35 40
With thermal overload relay A See pages 208 to 211, for aM or gG fuse ratings corresponding to the associated
thermal overload relay
Average impedance per pole At Ith and 50 Hz mW 2.5 2.5 2.5 2
Power dissipation per pole for
the above operational currents
AC-3 W 0.20 0.36 0.8 1.25
AC-1 W 1.56 1.56 2.5 3.2
Control circuit characteristics, a.c. supply
Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) 50/60 Hz V 12…690
Control voltage limits
50 or 60 Hz coils Operation –
Drop-out –
50/60 Hz coils Operation 0.8…1.1 Uc on 50 Hz and 0.85…1.1 Uc on 60 Hz at 60 °C
Drop-out 0.3…0.6 Uc at 60 °C
Average consumption
at 20 °C and at Uc
a 50 Hz Inrush 50 Hz coil VA –
Cos j 0.75
50/60 Hz coil VA 70
Sealed 50 Hz coil VA –
Cos j 0.3
50/60 Hz coil VA 7
a 60 Hz Inrush 60 Hz coil VA –
Cos j 0.75
50/60 Hz coil VA 70
Sealed 60 Hz coil VA –
Cos j 0.3
50/60 Hz coil VA 7.5
Heat dissipation 50/60 Hz W 2…3
Operating time
(2)
Closing C ms 12…22
Opening O ms 4…19
Mechanical durability
in millions of operating cycles
50 or 60 Hz coil –
50/60 Hz coil on 50 Hz 15
Maximum operating rate
at ambient temperature y 60 °C
In operating cycles per hour 3600
(1)	Versions with spring terminal connections:
16 A for LC1 D093 and LC1 D123 (20 A possible with 2 x 2.5 mm2
in parallel),
25 A for LC1 D183 to LC1 D323 (32 A possible for LC1 D183 connected with 2 x 4 mm2
cables in parallel; 40 A possible for LC1 D253 and LC1 D323 connected
with 2 x 4 mm2
in parallel).
(2) The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to closure of the main poles. The opening time O is measured from the
moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate.
Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors
Selection :
pages 126 to 257
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions:
pages 182 to 185
Schemes:
pages 186 and 187
143
D32 D38 D40A DT60A D50A D65A DT80A D80 D95 D115 D150
32 38 40 – 50 65 – 80 95 115 150
50 (1) 50 60 60 80 80 80 125 125 200 200
690 690 690 690 690 690 690 1000 1000 1000 1000
25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400
50 50 60 60 80 80 80 125 125 200 200
550 550 800 800 900 1000 1000 1100 1100 1260 1660
550 550 800 800 900 1000 1000 1100 1100 1100 1400
430 430 720 720 810 900 900 990 1100 1100 1400
260 310 320 320 400 520 520 640 800 950 1200
138 150 165 165 208 260 260 320 400 550 580
60 60 72 72 84 110 110 135 135 250 250
63 63 80 80 100 125 125 200 200 250 315
63. 63 80 80 100 125 125 160 160 200 250
See pages 208 to 211 for aM or gG fuse ratings corresponding to the associated thermal overload relay
2 2 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.6 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.6
2 3 2.4 – 3.7 6.3 – 5.1 7.2 7.9 13.5
5 5 5.4 5.8 9.6 9.6 10.2 12.5 12.5 24 24
12…690 12…690 24…500
– – 0.85…1.1 Uc at 55 °C
– – 0.3…0.6 Uc at 55 °C 0.3…0.5 Uc at 55 °C
0.8…1.1 Uc on 50 Hz and.
0.85…1.1 Uc on 60 Hz .
at 60 °C
0.8…1.1 Uc on 50 Hz and
0.85…1.1 Uc on 60 Hz at 60 °C
0.8…1.1 Uc on 50 Hz and
0.85…1.1 Uc on 60 Hz .
at 55 °C
0.8…1.15 Uc on 50/60 Hz
at 55 °C
0.3…0.6 Uc at 60 °C 0.3…0.6 Uc at 60 °C 0.3…0.6 Uc at 55 °C 0.3…0.5 Uc at 55 °C
– – 200 300 –
0.75 0.75 0.75 0.8 0.9
70 160 245 280…350 280…350
– – 20 22 –
0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.9
7 15 26 2…18 2…18
– – 220 300 –
0.75 0.75 0.75 0.8 0.9
70 140 245 280…350 280…350
– – 22 22 –
0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.9
7.5 13 26 2…18 2…18
2…3 4…5 6…10 3…8 3…4.5
12…22 12…26 12…26 12…26 12…26 12…26 20…35 20…35 20…50 20…35
4…19 4…19 4…19 4…19 4…19 4…19 6…20 6…20 6…20 40…75
– – – – – – 10 10 8 –
15 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 8 8
3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 2400 1200
144
Contactor type LC1 D09…D38
LC1 DT20…DT40
LC1D40A…D65A
LC1DT60andDT80
LC1 or LP1 D80
LC1 D95
LC1 D115 and
LC1 D150
d.c. control circuit characteristics
Rated control circuit��������
�������
voltage
(Uc)
c V 12…440 12…440 24…440
Rated insulation voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-1 V 690
Conforming to UL, CSA V 600
Control voltage limits Operation Standard
coil
0.7…1.25 Uc
at 60 °C
0.75…1.25 Uc
at 60 °C
0.85…1.1 Uc
at 55 °C
0.75…1.2 Uc
at 55 °C
Wide range
coil
– – 0.75…1.2 Uc
at 55 °C
–
Drop-out 0.1…0.25 Uc
at 60 °C
0.1…0.3 Uc.
at 60 °C
0.1…0.3 Uc .
at 55 °C
0.15…0.4 Uc
at 55 °C
Average consumption
at 20 °C and at Uc
c Inrush W 5.4 19 22 270…365
Sealed W 5.4 7.4 22 2.4…5.1
Operating time (1)
average at Uc
Closing C ms 63 ± 15 % 50 ± 15% 95…130 20…35
Opening “O” ms 20 ± 20 % 20 ± 20% 20…35 40…75
Note: The arcing time depends on the circuit switched by the poles. For all normal 3-phase
applications, the arcing time is less than 10 ms. The load is isolated from the supply after a time
equal to the sum of the opening time and the arcing time.
Time constant (L/R) ms 28 34 75 25
Mechanical durability at Uc In millions of operating cycles 30 10 10 8
Maximum operating rate
at ambient temperature y 60 °C
In operating cycles per hour 3600 3600 3600 1200
Low consumption control circuit characteristics
Rated insulation voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-1 V 690 –
Conforming to UL, CSA V 600 –
Maximum voltage Of the control circuit on c V 250 –
Average consumption
d.c. at 20 °C and at Uc
Wide range coil
(0.7…1.25 Uc)
Inrush W 2.4 –
Sealed W 2.4 –
Operating time (1)
at Uc and at 20 °C
Closing C ms 77 ± 15 % –
Opening “O” ms 25 ± 20 % –
Voltage limits (q y 60 °C)
of the control circuit
Operation 0.8 to 1.25 Uc –
Drop-out 0.1…0.3 Uc –
Time constant (L/R) ms 40 –
Mechanical durability In millions of operating cycles 30 –
Maximum operating rate
at ambient temperature y 60 °C
In operating cycles per hour 3600 –
(1)	The operating times depend on the type of contactor electromagnet and its control mode. 	
The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles.
The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate
Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions:
pages 182 to 185
Schemes:
pages 186 and 187
145
Characteristics of auxiliary contacts incorporated in the contactor
Mechanically linked
contacts
Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Each contactor has 2 N/O and N/C contacts mechanically linked on the same
movable contact holder
Mirror contact Conforming to IEC 60947-4-1 The N/C contact on each contactor represents the state of the power contacts and
can be connected to a PREVENTA safety module
Rated operational voltage
(Ue)
Up to V 690
Rated insulation voltage
(Ui)
Conforming to IEC 60947-1 V 690
Conforming to UL, CSA V 600
Conventional thermal
current (Ith)
For ambient temperature y 60 °C A 10
Frequency of the operational current Hz 25…400
Minimum switching
capacity l = 10–8
U min V 17
I min mA 5
Short-circuit protection Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 gG fuse: 10 A
Rated making capacity Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1,
I rms
A a: 140,  c: 250
Short-time rating Permissible for 1 s A 100
500 ms A 120
100 ms A 140
Insulation resistance MW  10
Non-overlap time Guaranteed between .
N/C and N/O contacts
ms 1.5 (on energisation and on de-energisation)
Operational power of contacts
conforming to IEC 60947-5-1
a.c. supply, categories AC-14 and AC-15
Electrical durability (valid for up to 3600
operating cycles/hour) on an inductive load
such as the coil of an electromagnet: making
current (cos j 0.7) = 10 times the power
broken (cos j 0.4).
d.c. supply, category DC-13
Electrical durability (valid for up to 1200
operating cycles/hour) on an inductive load
such as the coil of an electromagnet, without
economy resistor, the time constant increasing
with the load.
V 24 48 115 230 400 440 600 V 24 48 125 250 440
1 million operating cycles VA 60 120 280 560 960 1050 1440 W 96 76 76 76 44
3 million operating cycles VA 16 32 80 160 280 300 420 W 48 38 38 32 –
10 million operating cycles VA 4 8 20 40 70 80 100 W 14 12 12 – –
AC-15 DC-13
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,5
0,4 0,6
0,8
1
2 3
4
5
6
8
10
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
Millions
of
oprating
cycles
Current broken in A
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,5
0,4 0,6
0,8
1
2 3
4
5
6
8
10
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,6
0,8
1
2
3
4
6
8
10
440 V
48 V
250 V
125 V
24 V
Current broken in A
Millions
of
oprating
cycles
Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
References:
pages 152 to 157
Dimensions:
pages 182 to 185
Schemes:
pages 186 and 187
146
Contact block type LAD N or LAD C LAD T and LAD S LAD R LAD 8
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-5-1, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660, BS 4794, EN 60947-5-1
Product certifications UL, CSA
Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068 “TH”
Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X
Ambient air temperature
around the device
Storage °C - 60…+ 80
Operation °C - 5…+ 60
Permissible for operation at Uc °C - 40…+ 70
Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 3000
Connection by cable Phillips N° 2 and Ø 6 mm
Flexible or solid cable .
with or without cable end
mm2
Min: 1 x 1; max: 2 x 2.5
Spring terminal connections Flexible or solid cable .
without cable end
mm2
Max: 2 x 2.5
Instantaneous and time delay contact characteristics
Number of contacts 1, 2 or 4 2 2 2
Rated operational voltage
(Ue)
Up to V 690
Rated insulation voltage .
(Ui)
Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 V 690
Conforming to UL, CSA V 600
Conventional thermal
current (Ith)
For ambient temperature .
y 60 °C
A 10
Frequency of the operational current Hz 25…400
Minimum switching capacity U min V 17
I min mA 5
Short-circuit protection Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 
and VDE 0660. gG fuse
A 10
Rated making capacity Conforming to .
IEC 60947-5-1
I rms A a: 140; c: 250
Short-time rating Permissible for 1 s A 100
500 ms A 120
100 ms A 140
Insulation resistance MW  10
Non-overlap time Guaranteed between .
N/C and N/O contacts
ms 1.5 (on energisation and on de-energisation)
Overlap time Guaranteed between N/C and
N/O contacts on LAD C22
ms 1.5 – – –
Time delay
(LADT, R and S contact blocks)
Accuracy only valid for .
setting range indicated .
on the front face
Ambient air temperature.
for operation
°C – - 40…+ 70 - 40…+ 70 –
Repeat accuracy – ± 2 % ± 2 % –
Drift up to 0.5 million .
operating cycles
– + 15 % + 15 % –
Drift depending on .
ambient air temperature
– 0.25 % per °C 0.25 % per °C –
Mechanical durability In millions of operating cycles 30 5 5 30
Operational power
of contacts
See page 148
Characteristics TeSys contactors
Auxiliary contact blocks without dust and damp
protected contacts for TeSys D contactors
References :
pages 169 and 170
Dimensions :
pages 182 and 183
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
147
Contact block type LA1 DX LA1 DZ LA1 DY
Protected Non protected
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC60947-5-1, VDE0660
Product certifications UL, CSA
Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068 “TH”
Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X
Ambient air temperature Storage and operation °C - 25…+ 70
Cabling Phillips N° 2 and Ø 6 mm
Flexible or solid conductor .
with or without cable end
mm2
Min: 1 x 1; max: 2 x 2.5
Number of contacts 2 2 2 2
Contact characteristics
Rated operational voltage
(Ue)
Up to V 50 50 690 24
Rated insulation voltage .
(Ui)
Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 V 250 250 690 250
Conforming to UL, CSA V – – 600 –
Conventional thermal
current (Ith)
For ambient temperature.
y 40 °C
A – – 10 –
Maximum operational current
(Ie)
mA 500 500 – 50
Frequency of the operational current Hz – – 25…400 –
Minimum switching capacity U min V 3 3 3 3
I min mA 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Short-circuit protection Conforming to IEC 609475-1
gG fuse
A – – 10 –
Rated making capacity Conforming to .
IEC 609475-1
I rms A – – a:140; c: 250 –
Short-time rating Permissible for 1 s A – – 100 –
500 ms A – – 120 –
100 ms A – – 140 –
Insulation resistance MW  10  10  10  10
Mechanical durability In millions of operating cycles 5 5 30 5
Materials and technology
used for dust and damp protected contacts
Silver - Single�������
 ������
break Silver - Single�������
 ������
break – Gold - Single break
with�������������
 ������������
crossed bars
Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors
Auxiliary contact blocks with dust and damp
protected contacts for TeSys D contactors
References :
page 169
Dimensions :
pages 182 and 183
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
148
Rated operational power of contacts (conforming to IEC 60947-5-1)
a.c. supply, categories AC-14 and AC-15
Electrical durability (valid for up to 3600 operating cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet: .
making current (cos j 0.7) = 10 times the power broken (cos j 0.4).
V 24 48 115 230 400 440 600
1 million operating cycles VA 60 120 280 560 960 1050 1440
3 million operating cycles VA 16 32 80 160 280 300 420
10 million operating cycles VA 4 8 20 40 70 80 100
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,6
0,5
0,8
0,7
7
1
2
3
5
4
6
8
10
Current broken in A
Millions
of
oprating
cycles
d.c. supply, category DC-13
Electrical durability (valid for up to 1200 operating cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, without economy
resistor, the time constant increasing with the load.
V 24 48 125 250 440
1 million operating cycles W 120 90 75 68 61
3 million operating cycles W 70 50 38 33 28
10 million operating cycles W 25 18 14 12 10
0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1 2 3 4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,6
0,5
0,8
0,7
7
1
2
3
5
4
6
8
10
440 V
48 V
250 V
125 V
24 V
Current broken�����
in A
Millions
of
operating
cycles
Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors
Auxiliary contact blocks with dust and damp
protected contacts for TeSys D contactors
References :
pages 169 and 170
Dimensions :
pages 182 and 183
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
149
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC 60947-5-1
Product certifications UL, CSA
Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068 “TH”
Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X
Ambient air temperature
around the device
Storage °C – 40…+ 80
Operation °C – 25…+ 55
Permissible for operation at Uc °C – 25…+ 70
Suppressor modules
Module type LA4 DA, LAD 4RC,
LAD 4RC3
LA4 DB, LAD 4T,
LAD 4T3
LA4 DC, LAD 4D3 LA4 DE, LAD 4V,
LAD 4V3
Type of protection RC circuit Bidirectional .
peak limiting diode
Diode Varistor
Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) V a 24…415 a or c 24…440 c 12…250 a or c 24…250
Maximum peak voltage 3 Uc 2 Uc Uc 2 Uc
Natural RC frequency 24/48 V Hz 400 – – –
50/127 V Hz 200 – – –
110/240 V Hz 100 – – –
380/415 V Hz 150 – – –
Mechanical latch blocks (1)
Mechanical latch block type LAD 6K10 LA6 DK20
For use on contactor LC1 D09…D65A
DT20…DT80A
LC1 D80…D150
LP1 D80 and LC1 D115
Product certifications UL, CSA UL, CSA
Rated insulation voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 V 690 690
Rated control circuit voltage a 50/60 Hz and c V 24…415 24…415
Power required For unlatching a VA 25 25
c W 30 30
Maximum operating rate In operating cycles/hour 1200 1200
On-load factor 10 % 10 %
Mechanical durability at Uc In millions of operating cycles 0.5 0.5
(1)	Unlatching can be manually operated or electrically controlled (pulsed).
The LA6 DK or LAD 6K latch coil and the LC1 D operating coil must not be energised simultaneously.
The duration of the LA6 DK or LAD 6K and LC1 D control signals must be u 100 ms.
Characteristics TeSys contactors
Control modules, coil suppressor modules and
mechanical latch blocks for TeSys D contactors
References :
pages 170 to 175
Dimensions :
pages 182 and 183
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
150
Module type LA4 DT (On-delay)
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC 60255-5
Product certifications UL, CSA
Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068 “TH”
Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X
Ambient air temperature
around the device
Storage °C – 40…+ 80
Operation °C – 25…+ 55
For operation at Uc °C – 25…+ 70
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 60947-1  V 250
Cabling Phillips n° 2 and Ø 6 mm
Flexible or solid conductor .
with or without cable end
mm2
Min: 1 x 1; max: 2 x 2.5
Control circuit characteristics
Built-in protection Of the input By varistor
Contactor coil suppression By varistor
Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) V a or  c : 24…250
Permissible variation 0.8…1.1 Uc
Type of control By mechanical contact only
Timing characteristics
Timing ranges s 0.1…2; 1.5…30; 25…500
Repeat accuracy 0…40 °C ± 3 % (10 ms minimum)
Reset time During time delay period ms 150
After time delay period ms 50
Immunity to microbreaks During time delay period ms 10
After time delay period ms 2
Minimum control pulse duration ms –
Time delay signalling By LED Illuminates during time delay period
Switching characteristics (solid state type)
Maximum power dissipated W 2
Leakage current mA  5
Residual voltage V 3.3
Overvoltage protection 3 kV; 0.5 joule
Electrical durability In millions of operating cycles 30
Function diagram
Electronic on-delay timer LA4 DT
0
1
0
1
t
U supply (A1-A2)
Time delay output
Contactor coil
Red LED
Characteristics TeSys contactors
Electronic serial timer module .
for TeSys D contactors
References :
page 173
Dimensions :
pages 182 and 183
Schemes :
page 187
151
Environment
Conforming to standards IEC 60255-5
Product certifications UL, CSA
Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068 “TH”
Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X
Ambient air temperature
around the device
Storage °C – 40…+ 80
Operation °C – 25…+ 55
Permissible for operation at Uc °C – 25…+ 70
Other characteristics
Module type LA4 DFB
With relay
LA4 DWB
Solid state
Conventional thermal
current (Ith)
For ambient temperature y 50 °C A 8
Rated insulation voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 V 250
Rated operational voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 V 250
Indication of input state By integral LED which illuminates when the contactor coil is energised
Input signals Control voltage (E1-E2) V c 24 c 24
Permissible variation V 17…30 5…30
Current consumption at 20 °C mA 25 8.5 for 5 V
15 for 24 V
State “0” guaranteed for U V  2.4  2.4
I mA  2  2
State “1” guaranteed for U V 17 5
Built-in protection Against reversed polarity By diode By diode
Of the input By diode By diode
Electrical durability
at 220 A/240 V
In millions of operating cycles 10 20
Maximum immunity to microbreaks ms 4 1
Power dissipated At 20 °C W 0.6 0.4
Direct mounting
on����������
���������
contactor
With coil a 24…250 V LC1 D80…D150 –
a 100…250 V – LC1 D80…D115
a 380…415 V – –
Mounting with
cabling adapter
LAD 4BB
With coil a 24…250 V LC1 D09…D38,
LC1 DT20…DT40
LC1 D09…D38,
LC1 DT20…DT40
a 380…415 V – –
Mounting with
cabling adapter
LAD 4BB3
With coil a 24…250 V LC1 D40A…D65A LC1 D40A…D65A
a 380…415 V LC1 D40A…D65A LC1 D40A…D65A
Total operating time at Uc .
(of the contactor)
The operating times depend on the type of contactor electromagnet and its control mode. The
closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of
the main poles. The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched
off to the moment the main poles separate.
LC1 D09…D38,
LC1 DT20…DT40
LC1 D40A…D65A LC1 D80 and D95
With LA4 DFB C ms 20…30 28…34 28…43
“O” ms 16…24 20…24 18…32
Cabling Phillips N° 2 and Ø 6 mm
Flexible or solid cable .
with���������������������
 ��������������������
or without cable end
mm2
Min: 1 x 1; max: 2 x 2.5
Characteristics TeSys contactors
Interface modules for TeSys D contactors
References :
page 173
Dimensions :
pages 182 and 183
Schemes :
page 187
152
3-pole contactors
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50-60 Hz in category AC-3
(q y 60 °C)
Rated
oper-
ational
current
in AC-3
440 V
up to
Instan-
taneous
auxiliary
contacts
Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the control voltage code (2)
Weight
(3)
Fixing (1)
220 V
230 V
380 V
400 V
415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V
690 V
1000 V
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW A kg
Connection by screw clamp terminals
2.2 4 4 4 5.5 5.5 – 9 1 1 LC1 D09pp 0.320
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 – 12 1 1 LC1 D12pp 0.325
4 7.5 9 9 10 10 – 18 1 1 LC1 D18pp 0.330
5.5 11 11 11 15 15 – 25 1 1 LC1 D25pp 0.370
7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 – 32 1 1 LC1 D32pp 0.375
9 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 – 38 1 1 LC1 D38pp 0.380
Power connections by EverLink®
BTR screw connectors (4) and control by spring terminals
11 18.5 22 22 22 30 – 40 1 1 LC1 D40App (5) 0.850
15 22 25 30 30 33 – 50 1 1 LC1 D50App (5) 0.855
18.5 30 30 30 37 37 – 65 1 1 LC1 D65App (5) 0.860
Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors
22 37 45 45 55 45 45 80 1 1 LC1 D80pp 1.590
25 45 45 45 55 45 45 95 1 1 LC1 D95pp 1.610
30 55 59 59 75 80 65 115 1 1 LC1 D115pp 2.500
40 75 80 80 90 100 75 150 1 1 LC1 D150pp 2.500
Connection by lugs or bars
In the references selected above, insert a figure 6 before the voltage code.
Example: LC1 D09pp becomes LC1 D096pp.
Separate components
Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. 
(1)	LC1 D09 to D65A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
LC1 D80 to D95 a: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
LC1 D80 to D95 c : clip-on mounting on 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
LC1 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
LC1 D09…D150 (D115 and D150 coils with built-in suppression as standard, by bi-directional peak limiting diode).
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7
LC1 D80…D115
50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5
60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 –
d.c. supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
LC1 D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.75…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
LC1 D80…D95
U   0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
U   0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW – SW FW – MW – –
LC1 D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.75…1.2 Uc – BD – ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250
LC1 D09...D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181.
(3)	The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from
LC1 D09 to D38, 0.075 kg from LC1 D40A to D65A and 1 kg for LC1 D80 and D95.
(4)	BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be
used (reference LAD ALLEN4, see page 175).
(5) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173).
References TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors for motor control .
up to 75 kW at 400 V, in category AC-3
For connection by screw clamp terminals and lugs
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions :
pages 182 to 185
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
LC1 D09pp
810356
LC1 D25pp
810353
LC1 D65App
106896
LC1 D95pp
810352
LC1 D115pp
105517
153
3-pole contactors
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50-60 Hz in category AC-3
(q y 60 °C)
Rated
oper-
ational
current
in AC-3
440 V
up to
Instan-
taneous
auxiliary
contacts
Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the control voltage code (2)
Weight
(3)
Fixing (1)
220 V
230 V
380 V
400 V
415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V
690 V
1000 V
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW A kg
Power and control connections by spring terminals
2.2 4 4 4 5.5 5.5 9 1 1 LC1 D093pp 0.320
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 12 1 1 LC1 D123pp 0.325
4 7.5 9 9 10 10 18 1 1 LC1 D183pp 0.330
5.5 11 11 11 15 15 25 1 1 LC1 D253pp 0.370
7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 32 (4) 1 1 LC1 D323pp 0.375
Power connections by EverLink®
BTR screw connectors (5) and control by spring terminals
11 18.5 22 22 22 30 40 1 1 LC1 D40A3pp (6) 0.850
15 22 25 30 30 33 50 1 1 LC1 D50A3pp (6) 0.855
18.5 30 30 30 37 37 65 1 1 LC1 D65A3pp (6) 0.860
Connection by Faston connectors
These contactors are fitted with Faston connectors: 2 x 6.35 mm on the power poles and 1 x 6.35 mm on the coil
and auxiliary terminals.
For contactors LC1 D09 and LC1 D12 only, replace the figure 3 with a 9 in the references selected above.
Example: LC1 D093pp becomes LC1 D099pp.
Separate components
Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. 
(1)	LC1 D09 to D32: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440
LC1 D09…D65A
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7
d.c. supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
LC1 D09…D65A (coils with built-in suppression as standard, by bi-directional peak limiting diode)
U  0.75…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250
LC1 D09...D32 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181.
(3)	The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit.
For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from LC1 D09 to D32 and 0.075 kg from LC1 D40A to D65A.
(4)	Must be wired with 2 x  4 mm2
cables in parallel on the upstream side. On the downstream side, outgoing terminal block
LAD 331 may be used (Quickfit technology, see page 227). When wired with a single cable, the product is limited to 25 A (11
kW/400 V motors).
(5)	BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be
used (reference LAD ALLEN4, see page 175).
(6) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173).
References TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors for motor control .
up to 30 kW at 400 V, in category AC-3
For connection by spring terminals
LC1 D123pp
510671
LC1 D65A3pp
510670
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions :
pages 182 to 185
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
154
3-pole contactors
Non inductive loads
maximum current
(q y 60 °C)
utilisation category AC-1
Number
of poles
Instan-
taneous
auxiliary
contacts
Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the control voltage code (1)
Weight
(3)
Fixing (2)
A kg
Connection by screw clamp terminals
25 3 1 1 LC1 D09pp 0.320
or LC1 D12pp 0.325
32 3 1 1 LC1 D18pp 0.330
40 3 1 1 LC1 D25pp 0.370
50 3 1 1 LC1 D32pp 0.375
or LC1 D38pp 0.380
Connection by EverLink®
, BTR screw connectors (4)
60 3 1 1 LC1 D40App (7) 0.850
80 3 1 1 LC1 D50App (7) 0.855
or LC1 D65App (5) (7) 0.860
Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors
125 3 1 1 LC1 D80pp 1.590
or LC1 D95pp (5) 1.610
200 3 1 1 LC1 D115pp 2.500
or LC1 D150pp (6) 2.500
3-pole contactors for connection by lugs
In the references selected above, insert a figure 6 before the voltage code.
Example: LC1 D09pp becomes LC1 D096pp.
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
LC1 D09...D150 (coils D115 and D150 fitted with integral suppression device as standard)
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 –
LC1 D80...D150
50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5
60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 –
d.c. supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
LC1 D09...D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
LC1 or LP1 D80 and D95
U  0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
U  0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW – SW FW – MW – –
LC1 D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.75…1.2 Uc – BD – ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250
LC1 D09...D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181.
(2)	LC1 D09 to D65A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
	 LC1 D80 and D95 a: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
	 LC1 or LP1 D80 to D95 c: clip-on mounting on 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
	 LC1 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing.
(3)	The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from
LC1 D09 to D38, 0.075 kg from LC1 D40 to D65 and 1 kg for LC1 D80 and D95.
(4)	BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be
used (reference LAD ALLEN4, see page 175).
(5)	Selection according to the number of operating cycles, see AC-1 curve, page 130.
(6)	32 A with 2 x 4 mm2
cables connected in parallel.
(7) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173).
LC1 D09pp
810356
LC1 D09pp
810356
LC1 D65App
106896
LC1 D65App
106896
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions :
pages 182 to 185
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions :
pages 182 to 185
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
References TeSys contactors
TeSys D, 3-pole contactors
for control in category AC-1, from 25 to 200 A
155
3-pole contactors for connection by Faston connectors
These contactors are fitted with Faston connectors: 2 x 6.35 mm on the power poles and 1 x 6.35 mm on the coil
terminals. For contactors LC1 D09 and LC1 D12 only, in the references selected from the previous page, insert a
figure 9 before the voltage code. Example: LC1 D09pp becomes LC1 D099pp.
3-pole contactors
Non inductive loads
maximum current
(q y 60 °C)
utilisation category AC-1
Number
of poles
Instan-
taneous
auxiliary
contacts
Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the control voltage code (1)
Weight
(3)
Fixing (2)
A kg
Connection by spring terminals
16 3 1 1 LC1 D093pp (4) 0.320
or LC1 D123pp (4) 0.325
25 3 1 1 LC1 D183pp (5) 0.335
or LC1 D253pp (6) 0.325
or LC1 D323pp (6) 0.325
Power connections by EverLink®
BTR screw connectors and control by spring terminals
60 3 1 1 LC1 D40A3pp (8) 0.850
80 3 1 1 LC1 D50A3pp (7) (8) 0.855
or LC1 D65A3pp (7) (8) 0.860
Separate components
Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. 
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
LC1 D09...D150 (coils D115 and D150 fitted with integral suppression device as standard)
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 –
LC1 D80...D115
50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5
60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 –
d.c. supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
LC1 D09...D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
LC1 or LP1 D80 and LC1 D95
U  0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
U  0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW – SW FW – MW – –
LC1 D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.75…1.2 Uc – BD – ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250
LC1 D09...D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181.
(2)	LC1 D09 to D65A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
	 LC1 D80 and D95 a: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
	 LC1 or LP1 D80 and D95 c: clip-on mounting on 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
	 LC1 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on  2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing.
(3)	The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from
LC1 D09 to D38 and 0.075 kg from LC1 D40A to D65A.
(4)	20 A with 2 x 2.5 mm2
cables connected in parallel.
(5)	32 A with 2 x 4 mm2
cables connected in parallel.
(6)	40 A with 2 x 4 mm2
cables connected in parallel.
(7)	Selection according to the number of operating cycles, see AC-1 curve, page 130.
(8) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173).
LC1 D123pp
102862
LC1 D123pp
102862
LC1 D65A3pp
510670
LC1 D65A3pp
510670
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions :
pages 182 to 185
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions :
pages 182 to 185
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
References (continued) TeSys contactors
TeSys D, 3-pole contactors
For control in category AC-1, 25 to 200 A
156
4-pole contactors for connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors
Non inductive loads
maximum current
(q y 60 °C)
utilisation category AC-1
Number
of poles
Instan-
taneous
auxiliary
contacts
Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the control voltage code (1)
Weight
(3)
Fixing (2)
A kg
Connection by screw clamp terminals
20 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT20pp 0.365
2 2 1 1 LC1 D098pp 0.365
25 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT25pp 0.365
2 2 1 1 LC1 D128pp 0.365
32 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT32pp 0.425
2 2 1 1 LC1 D188pp 0.425
40 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT40pp 0.425
2 2 1 1 LC1 D258pp 0.425
Connection by EverLink®
, BTR screw connectors
60 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT60App 1.090
80 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT80App 1.150
Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors
60 2 2 – – LC1 D40008pp 1.440
or LP1 D40008pp 2.210
80 2 2 – – LC1 D65008pp 1.450
or LP1 D65008pp 2.220
125 4 – – – LC1 D80004pp 1.760
or LP1 D80004pp 2.685
2 2 – – LC1 D80008pp 1.840
or LP1 D80008pp 2.910
200 4 – – – LC1 D115004pp 2.860
4-pole contactors for connection by lugs or bars
In the references selected above, insert a figure 6 before the voltage code. 
Example: LC1 DT20pp becomes LC1 DT206pp. 
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
LC1 D09...D150 and LC1 DT20...DT80A (coils D115 and D150 fitted with integral suppression device as standard)
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 –
LC1 D80...D115
50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5
60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 –
d.c. supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
LC1 D09...D65A and LC1 DT20...DT80A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
LC1 or LP1 D80
U  0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
U  0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW – SW FW – MW – –
LC1 D115 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.75…1.2 Uc – BD – ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250
LC1 D09...D38 and LC1 DT20...DT40 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181.
(2)	LC1 D09 to D38 and LC1 DT20 to DT80A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
	 LC1 D80 a: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
	 LC1 or LP1 D80 c: clip-on mounting on 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
	 LC1 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing.
(3)	The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from
LC1 D09 to D38, 0.075 kg from LC1 DT60A and D80A and 1 kg for LC1 D80.
LC1 DT20pp
565131
LC1 DT20pp
565131
LC1 D65008pp
537728
LC1 D65008pp
537728
LC1 DT80App
106903
LC1 DT80App
106903
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions :
pages 182 to 185
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions :
pages 182 to 185
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
References (continued) TeSys contactors
TeSys D, 4-pole contactors
For control in category AC-1, 25 to 200 A
157
4-pole contactors
Non inductive loads
maximum current
(q y 60 °C)
utilisation category AC-1
Number
of poles
Instan-
taneous
auxiliary
contacts
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code (1)
Weight
(3)
Fixing (2)
A kg
Connection by spring terminals
20 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT203pp 0.380
2 2 1 1 LC1 D0983pp 0.380
25 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT253pp 0.380
2 2 1 1 LC1 D1283pp 0.380
32 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT323pp 0.425
2 2 1 1 LC1 D1883pp 0.425
40 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT403pp 0.425
2 2 1 1 LC1 D2583pp 0.425
Connection by by EverLink®
, BTR screw connectors and control circuit by spring terminals
60 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT60A3pp 1.090
80 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT80A3pp 1.150
Separate components
Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. 
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
LC1 D09...D25 and LC1 DT20...DT80A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 –
d.c. supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
LC1 D09...D25 and LC1 DT20...DT80A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250
LC1 D09...D25 and LC1 DT20...DT40 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181.
(2)	LC1 D09 to D38 and LC1 DT20 to DT80A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1DP or screw fixing.
(3)	The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from
LC1 D09 to D38, 0.075 kg for LC1 DT60A and DT80A.
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions :
pages 182 to 185
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions :
pages 182 to 185
Schemes :
pages 186 and 187
References (continued) TeSys contactors
TeSys D, 4-pole contactors
For control in category AC-1, 25 to 200 A
158
Starters for the North American market
In recent years, the North American market has started to harmonise UL, CSA and
ANCE standards, as well as the industrial installation codes provided by national
regulations (NEC for the United States, CEC for Canada and MEC for Mexico). (1)
Major improvements, carried out by the Canena (2) are aimed at harmonising
product requirements based on IEC (3) standards.
However, the North American codes use specific terminology for defining the
functions of a starter. 
These functions can be fulfilled by standard IEC products, accompanied by
appropriate certifications.
Combination Starters
Combination Starters are the most common type of packaged motor starter. They
are called Combination because of their structure and their combined functions. 
The figure opposite shows the four combined functions that constitute a complete
motor starter circuit, defined as a “Motor branch circuit” by the NEC (US National
Electric Code) in article 430.  Standard UL508 currently gives different types of
combination starter that meet the requirements of a Motor branch circuit. 
Type E, called “self-protected combination starter”, covers all these functions and
can be controlled manually (thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker) or remotely
(starter-controller). Type E starters withstand faults within their declared nominal
rating without sustaining damage, after which they can be put back into service. In
addition, they can withstand more severe short-circuit and durability performance
tests without welding or excessive wear of the contact tips.
Type F, called “Combination motor starter”, consists of a type E manual starter
(thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker) combined with a contactor.
These starters are evaluated by means of basic short-circuit tests, but are not
considered as “self-protected”.
For this combination, the type E starter must be marked “Combination Motor
Controller when used with ...”, followed by the reference of the load side contactor. 
(1) UL: Underwriters Laboratories, CSA: Canadian Standards Association, ACNE: Association
of Standardization and Certification, NEC: National Electric Code, CEC: Canadian Electrical
Code, MEC: Mexican Electrical Code.
(2) Canena: Council for Harmonization of Electrotechnical Standardization of North America.
(3) IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission.
Presentation TeSys contactors
for the North American market,
conforming to UL and CSA
M
1
2
3
4
1  Motor Disconnect (Disconnect switch)
2  Motor Branch Circuit Protection .
(Short-circuit protection)
3  Motor Controller (Contactor)
4  Motor Overload Protection (Thermal overload relay)
159
Control panels
To help users properly coordinate their motor control equipment with their distribution
system in the event of a fault, article 409 of the 2005 NEC requires panel builders to
list the short-circuit withstand rating of their motor control panels. 
According to standard UL508A, manufacturers must use the short-circuit withstand
value of the lowest rated device as the nominal withstand rating of the panel, unless
the devices have been tested together for a higher coordinated rating. 
The minimum “short-circuit current rating” (SCCR), on motor control components
for horsepower ratings of 50 hp or below is 5 000 A. 
Using a type E or type F combination starter eliminates the coordination problems
of using individual components for the “motor branch circuit protection”, “motor
controller” and “motor overload protection” functions. 
The panel builder uses the declared short-circuit current rating for the combination
starter. This value is generally higher than 5 000 A. 
This makes it easier to list the short-circuit current ratings and to check the
compatibility of a UL508A motor control panel within a given distribution system.
Presentation (continued) TeSys contactors
for the North American market,
conforming to UL and CSA
160
Group protection
Article 430.53 of the NEC allows a single short-circuit protection device to be used
for more than one motor circuit if the components used are marked and listed for
such use. 
Components suitable for use in group protection, known as “motor group
installations”, can be marked in one of the following two ways:
Case n° 1
The contactor and the motor overload relay are both listed as suitable for group
installation. 
An inverse time circuit-breaker can be used as the short-circuit protection device if it
is also listed as suitable for group installation. 
The panel builder must therefore make sure that  the short-circuit protection device
selected (fuses or inverse time circuit-breaker) does not exceed the value allowed by
article 430.40 for the smallest overload relay used in the circuit. 
Once these conditions have been met, the panel builder can reduce the size of the
conductor connecting the short-circuit protection device to the individual motor
contactor/overload relay, to one third of the size of the upstream circuit conductor
supplying the protection device. 
The panel builder must limit the length of the motor starter conductor (connecting the
short-circuit protection device to the motor contactor/overload relay) to a maximum
of 7.6 m (25 feet).
Case n° 2
The motor contactor and overload relay are listed as suitable for “tap conductor
protection” in group installations. 
This category allows the panel designer to reduce the size of the conductor
connecting the short-circuit protection device to the individual motor
contactor/overload relay, to one tenth of the size of the upstream circuit conductor
supplying the protection device. 
The designer must limit the length of this conductor to a maximum of 3.05 m
(10 feet). 
In both cases, the supply circuits must not be less than 125 % of the connected
motor FLA (Full Load Amps) rating. 
For panel builders, using type F combination starters in group installations simplifies
group motor considerations. 
Each starter is a fully coordinated motor branch circuit. 
The panel builder follows the same NEC requirements for sizing the supply
conductors as those required for single motor branch circuits. 
The size of the supply conductors can be reduced in accordance with the
specifications of article 430.28.
This allows the same flexibility in conductor sizing as that offered in article 430.53
(D), without a requirement to check the short-circuit protection rating marked on the
components and the overload relay limit. 
A UL508A panel does not need a short-circuit protection device when each motor
starter installed is a type F. 
The upstream short-circuit protection device supplying the starter protects the panel. 
The panel builder only has to consider the panel/enclosure disconnect requirements
specified by the NEC or local codes.
Presentation (continued) TeSys contactors
for the North American market,
conforming to UL and CSA
161
Contactors
Standard power ratings of motors 50/60 Hz Size Associated
cable
type
75 °C-Cu
Continuous
current
Type of contactor required
Basic reference,
to be completed (1)
Single-phase
1 Ø
3-phase
3 Ø
115 V 230 V
240 V
200 V
208 V
230 V
240 V
460 V
480 V
575 V
600 V
Fixing, connection (2)
HP HP HP HP HP HP A
Connection by screw clamp terminals
0.5     1 2 2 5 7.5 00 AWG10 20 LC1 D09pp
1 2 3 3 7.5 10 0 AWG10 25 LC1 D12pp
1 3 5 5 10 15 0 AWG8 32 LC1 D18pp
2     3 5 7.5 15 20 1 AWG6 40 LC1 D25pp
2 5 7.5 10 20 30 1 AWG6 50 LC1 D32pp
Power connections by EverLink®
BTR screw connectors (4) and control by spring terminals
3     5 10 10 30 30 2 AWG3 60 LC1 D40App
3 7.5 15 15 40 40 2 AWG3 70 LC1 D50App
5 10 20 20 40 50 2 AWG3 80 LC1 D65App
Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors
7.5 15 20 25 60 60 2 AWG2 110 LC1 D80pp
7.5     15 20 25 60 60 2 AWG2 110 LC1 D95pp
– – 30 40 75 100 3 AWG2/0 175 LC1 D115pp
– – 40 50 100 125 4 AWG3/0 200 LC1 D150pp
Applications with High-Fault Short-Circuit ratings
For contactors  LC1 D40A to LC1 D65A, the High-Fault Short-Circuit ratings are 50 kA at 480 V and 25 kA at 600 V.
If these contactors are used, stick the LAD UL1 warning sticker on the enclosure door..
Description Language Sold in
lots of
Reference
Warning sticker English, Spanish, French 10 LAD UL1
Application example
For a 15 HP-230 V motor Select a contactor type LC1 D50A.
Information: the contactor rating selected corresponds to
“size 2”, the associated cable is type AWG3 75 °C-Cu.
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
LC1 D09…D150 (D115 and D150 coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7
LC1 D80…D115
50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5
60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 –
d.c. supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
LC1 D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
LC1 D80 and D95
U   0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
U   0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW – SW FW – MW – –
LC1 D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.75…1.2 Uc – BD – ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250
LC1 D09…D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.7…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
(2)	LC1 D09 to D65A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 6 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
LC1 D80 and LC1 D95: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 6 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 6 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
LC1 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 6 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing.
LC1 D09pp
534278
LC1 D09pp
534278
LC1 D25pp
510667
LC1 D25pp
510667
LC1 D65App
106896
LC1 D65App
106896
LC1 D95pp
534280
LC1 D95pp
534280
Reference TeSys contactors
for the North American market,
conforming to UL and CSA standards, 20 to 200
LC1 D09pp
534278
162
3-pole reversing contactors for connection by screw clamp terminals
Pre-wired power connections.
Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors
50-60 Hz in category AC-3
(q y 60 °C)
Rated
opera-
tional
current
in AC-3
440 V
up to
Instan-
taneous
auxiliary
contacts
per
contactor
Contactors supplied with coil
Basic reference, to be completed by
adding the control voltage code (2)
Weight
(3)
Fixing (1)
220 V
230 V
380 V
400 V
415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V
690 V
1000 V
kW kW kW kW kW kW kW A kg
With mechanical interlock, without electrical interlocking, for connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors
2.2 4 4 4 5.5 5.5 – 9 1 1 LC2 D09pp (4) 0.687
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 – 12 1 1 LC2 D12pp (4) 0.697
4 7.5 9 9 10 10 – 18 1 1 LC2 D18pp (4) 0.707
5.5 11 11 11 15 15 – 25 1 1 LC2 D25pp (4) 0.787
7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 – 32 1 1 LC2 D32pp (4) 0.797
9 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 – 38 1 1 LC2 D38pp (4) 0.807
11 18.5 22 22 22 30 – 40 1 1 LC2 D40App (5) 1.870
15 22 25 30 30 33 – 50 1 1 LC2 D50App (5) 1.880
18.5 30 30 30 37 37 – 65 1 1 LC2 D65App (5) 1.890
22 37 45 45 55 45 – 80 1 1 LC2 D80pp 3.200
25 45 45 45 55 45 – 95 1 1 LC2 D95pp 3.200
With mechanical interlock and electrical interlocking, for connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors
30 55 59 59 75 80 65 115 1 1 LC2 D115pp 6.350
40 75 80 80 90 100 75 150 1 1 LC2 D150pp 6.400
Connection by lugs or bars
For reversing contactors LC2 D09 to LC2 D38, LC2 D115 and LC2 D150, in the references selected above, insert
a figure 6 before the voltage code. Example: LC2 D09pp becomes LC2 D096pp.
To build a 40 to 65 A reversing contactor, for connection by lugs, order 2 contactors LC1 DppA6 and mechanical
interlock LAD 4CM (see page 166).
Component parts
Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. 
(1)	LC2 D09 to D38: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
LC2 D40 to D95: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
LC2 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
(2)	Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages between 16 and 690 V, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
LC2 D09…D150 (D115 and D150 coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard))
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7
LC2 D80…D115
50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5
60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 –
d.c.supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
LC2 D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.75…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250
LC2 D09...D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181.
(3)	The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.330 kg for
LC2 D09 to D38, 0.150 kg for LC1 D40A to D65A.
(4)	For reversing contactors with electrical interlocking pre-wired at the factory, add suffix V to the references selected above.
Example: LC2 D09P7 becomes LC2 D09P7V.
(5) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173).
Note: when assembling a reversing contactor, it is good practice to incorporate a 50 ms time delay.
References TeSys contactors
TeSys D, 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control .
up to 75 kW at 400 V, in category AC-3.
Horizontally mounted, pre-assembled
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 188 to 191
LC2 D12pp
810369
LC2 D65App
106905
LC2 D115pp
113119
163
References TeSys contactors
TeSys D, 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control .
up to 15 kW at 400 V, in category AC-3.
Horizontally mounted, pre-assembled
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 188 to 191
3-pole reversing contactors, for connection by spring terminals
Pre-wired power connections.
Mechanical interlock without electrical interlocking.
Standard power ratings
of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz
in category AC-3
(q y 60 °C)
Rated
opera-
tional
current
in AC-3
440 V
up to
Instan-
taneous
auxiliary
contacts
per
contactor
Contactors supplied with coil
Basic reference,
to be completed by
adding the voltage code (2)
Weight
(3)
Fixing (1)
220 V
230 V
380 V
400 V
415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V
690 V
kW kW kW kW kW kW A kg
For connection by spring terminals
2.2 4 4 4 5.5 5.5 9 1 1 LC2 D093pp 0.687
3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 12 1 1 LC2 D123pp 0.697
4 7.5 9 9 10 10 18 1 1 LC2 D183pp 0.707
5.5 11 11 11 15 15 25 1 1 LC2 D253pp 0.787
7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 32 (4) 1 1 LC2 D323pp 0.797
Power connection by EverLink®
, BTR screw connectors (5) and control by spring terminals
11 18.5 22 22 22 30 40 1 1 LC2 D40A3pp (6) 1.870
15 22 25 30 30 33 50 1 1 LC2 D50A3pp (6) 1.880
18.5 30 30 30 37 37 65 1 1 LC2 D65A3pp (6) 1.890
For connection by Faston connectors
All power connections are to be made by the customer.
These contactors are fitted with Faston connectors: 2 x 6.35 mm on the power poles and 1 x 6.35 mm on the coil
terminals.
For reversing contactors LC2 D09 and LC2 D12 only, in the references selected above, replace the figure 3
before the voltage code with a figure 9.
Example: LC2 D093pp becomes LC2 D099pp.
Component parts
Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. 
(1)	LC2 D09 to D32: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
LC2 D09…D65
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7
d.c. supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
LC2 D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.75…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250
LC2 D09...D32 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181.
(3)	The weights indicated are for reversing contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add
0.330 kg for LC2 D09 to D38, 0.150 kg for LC1 D40A to D65A.
(4)	Must be wired with 2 x 4 mm2
cables in parallel on the upstream side. On the downstream side, outgoing terminal block
LAD 331 may be used (Quickfit technology, see page 227).When wired with a single cable, the product is limited to 25 A (11
kW/400 V motors).
(5)	BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be
used (reference LAD ALLEN4, see page 175).
(6) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173).
LC2 D123pp
565133
164
Pre-assembled. Pre-wired power connections.
For connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors
LC2 DT20 to LC2 DT40: mechanical interlock without electrical interlocking. 
LC2 D80004: order separately 2 auxiliary contact blocks LAD Np1 to obtain electrical interlocking between the 2 
contactors (see page page 169). For electrical interlocking incorporated in the mechanical interlock, please
consult your Regional Sales Office.
LC2 D115004: mechanical interlock with integral, pre-wired electrical interlocking.
Utilisation category AC-1
Non-inductive loads
Maximum rated
operational current
(q y 60 °C)
Instantaneous auxiliary
contacts per contactor
Contactors supplied with coil Weight
Basic reference, to be completed
by adding the voltage code (1)
Fixing (2)
A kg
20 1 1 LC2 DT20pp 0.730
25 1 1 LC2 DT25pp 0.730
32 1 1 LC2 DT32pp 0.850
40 1 1 LC2 DT40pp 0.850
125 – – LC2 D80004pp 3.200
200 – – LC2 D115004pp 7.400
For connection by lugs or bars
20 1 1 LC2 DT206pp 0.730
25 1 1 LC2 DT256pp 0.730
32 1 1 LC2 DT326pp 0.850
40 1 1 LC2 DT406pp 0.850
For customer assembly.
For connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors
60 1 1 LC1 DT60App (3) –
80 1 1 LC1 DT80App (3) –
For connection by lugs or bars
60 1 1 LC1 DT60A6pp (3) –
80 1 1 LC1 DT80A6pp (3) –
Accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. 
(1)	See note (1) on next page.
(2)	LC2 DT20 to LC2 DT80: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
LC2 D80: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing.
LC2 D115: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing.
(3)	For these operational currents, order 2 identical contactors and a mechanical interlock LAD 4CM (see page 166).
Note: when assembling changeover contactor pairs, it is good practice to incorporate a 50 ms time delay.
References TeSys contactors
TeSys D, 4-pole changeover contactor pairs .
for control in category AC-1,.
20 to 200 A
LC2 DT20pp
537835
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 188 to 191
165
Pre-assembled. Pre-wired power connections.
For connection by spring terminals.
Utilisation category AC-1
Non-inductive loads
Maximum rated
operational current
(q y 60 °C)
Instantaneous auxiliary
contacts per contactor
Contactors supplied with coil Weight
Basic reference, to be completed
by adding the control voltage code (1)
Fixing (2)
A kg
20 1 1 LC2 DT203pp 0.760
For customer assembly.
Power connection by EverLink®
, BTR screw connectors (3) and control by spring terminals
60 1 1 LC1 DT60A3pp (4) –
80 1 1 LC1 DT80A3pp (4) –
Separate components
Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. 
(1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office):
a.c. supply
Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500
LC2 DT20…DT40, LC1 DT60…DT80
50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 –
LC2 D80004…D115004
50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5
60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 –
d.c. supply
Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440
LC2 DT20…DT40, LC1 DT60…DT80 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD
Low consumption
Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250
LC2 DT20...DT40 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)
U  0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL
For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181.
(2)	Clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing.
(3)	BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be
used (reference LAD ALLEN4, see page 175).
(4)	For these operational currents, order 2 identical contactors and a mechanical interlock LAD 4CM (see page 166).	
				
	
References TeSys contactors
TeSys D, 4-pole changeover contactor pairs .
for control in category AC-1, 20 A
Selection :
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics :
pages 140 to 151
Dimensions, schemes :
pages 188 to 191
166
For 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control
Contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors. Horizontally mounted, assembled by customer
Description For contactors (1)
(2 identical contactors)
Reference Weight
kg
Kits for assembly of reversing contactors
Kit comprising:
a mechanical interlock LAD 9V2 .
with electrical interlocking LAD 9V1.
a set of power connections LAD 9V5 (parallel).
and LAD 9V6 (reversing)
b
b
LC1 D09 to D38 LAD 9R1V 0.045
Kit comprising:
a mechanical interlock LAD 9V2 .
without  electrical interlocking
a set of power connections LAD 9V5 (parallel) .
and LAD 9V6 (reversing)
b
b
LC1 D09 to D38 LAD 9R1 0.045
Kit comprising:
a mechanical interlock LAD 4CM,
a set of power connections LA9 D65A69.
b
b
LC1 D40A to D65A LAD 9R3 0.170
Mechanical interlocks
Mechanical interlock with
integral electrical interlocking
LC1 D80 and D95 (a) LA9 D4002 0.170
LC1 D80 and D95 (c) LA9 D8002 0.170
LC1 D115 and D150 LA9 D11502 0.290
Mechanical interlock without
integral electrical interlocking
LC1 D09 to D38 LAD 9V2 0.040
LC1 D40A to D65A LAD 4CM 0.040
LC1 D80 and D95 (a) LA9 D50978 0.170
LC1 D80 and D95 (c) LA9 D80978 0.170
Sets of power connections
Comprising:
a set of parallel bars,
a set of reverser bars.
b
b
LC1 D09 to D38 with screw
clamp terminals or connectors
LAD 9V5 + LAD 9V6 –
LC1 D09…D32 with .
spring terminal connections
LAD 9V12 + LAD 9V13 (2) –
LC1 D40A to D65A LA9 D65A69 0.130
LC1 D80 and D95 (a) LA9 D8069 0.490
LC1 D80 and D95 (c) LA9 D8069 0.490
LC1 D115 and D150 LA9 D11569 1.450
For low-speed/high-speed starter
Description For contactors with
connection type
Reference Weight
kg
Connection kit enabling
reversing of low and high speed directions
using a reversing contactor and a .
2N/O + 2N/C main pole contactor
Screw clamps or connectors LAD 9PVGV 0.016
Power connection module with
spring terminal connections
LAD 3PVGV 0.034
Outgoing terminal block with
spring terminal connections
LAD 3PVGV10 0.034
For star-delta starter
Description For contactors Reference Weight
kg
Mounting kit comprising:
1 time delay contact block LAD S2 (LC1 D09…D80),
power circuit connections (LC1 D09…D80),
hardware required for fixing the contactors .
onto the mounting plate (LC1 D80).
b
b
b
LC1 D09 and D12 LAD 91217 0.180
LC1 D18 to D32 LAD 93217 0.310
LC1 D40A and D50A LAD 9SD3 0.380
LC1 D80 LA9 D8017 0.680
Equipment mounting plates LC1 D09, D12 and D18 LA9 D12974 0.150
LC1 D32 LA9 D32974 0.180
LC1 D40A and D50A – –
LC1 D80 LA9 D80973 0.300
(1)	To order the 2 contactors: see pages 154 and 162.
(2)	To assemble a reversing contactor with spring terminal connections, the following components must be ordered:
- 1 mechanical interlock LAD 9V2,
- 1 upstream power connection kit and 1 downstream power connection kit..	
Upstream power connection kit LAD 9V10: installed in the Quickfit system with power connection module LAD 34.
(If module LAD 34 is not used, replace LAD 9V10 with LAD 9V12).
Downstream power connection kit LAD 9V11: installed in the Quickfit system with outgoing terminal block LAD 331.
(If LAD 331 is not used, replace LAD 9V11 with LAD 9V13).
537729
LAD 9R1
537729
LAD 9R1
LAD 9R3
537730
LAD 9R3
537730
LA9 D8069
537731
LA9 D8069
537731 References TeSys contactors
Component parts for assembling .
reversing contactors for motor control, .
low-speed/high-speed starters and star-delta starters
167
For 4-pole changeover contactor pairs (3-phase distribution + neutral)
Contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors. Horizontally mounted, assembled by customer�
.
Description For contactors (1)
(2 identical contactors)
Reference Weight
kg
Kits for assembly of changeover contactor pairs
Kit comprising:
a mechanical interlock LAD 9V2
with electrical interlocking LAD 9V1,
a set of power connections (changeover) LAD 9V7.
b
b
LC1 DT20 to DT40 with
screw clamps or connectors
LAD T9R1V 0.045
Kit comprising:
a mechanical interlock LAD 9V2
without electrical interlocking,
a set of power connections (changeover) LAD 9V7.
b
b
LC1 DT20 to DT40 with
screw clamps or connectors
LAD T9R1 0.045
Mechanical interlocks
With integral
electrical interlocking
LC1 D80004 LA9 D4002 0.170
LP1 D80004 LA9 D8002 0.170
LC1 D115004 LA9 D11502 0.280
Without integral
electrical interlocking
    
LC1 DT20 to DT40 with
screw clamps or connectors
LAD 9V2 (2) 0.040
LC1 DT203 to DT403 
with spring terminals
LAD 9V2 (2) 0.040
LC1 DT60A and DT80A LAD 4CM 0.040
LC1 D80004 LA9 D50978 0.155
LP1 D80004 LA9 D80978 0.180
Sets of power connections
Comprising a set of parallel bars
    
LC1 D60A and D80A LA9 D65A70 r 0.150
LC1 D80004 LA9 D8070 0.280
LP1 D80004 LA9 D8070 0.280
LC1 D115004 LA9 D11570 1.100
LC1 DT203 to DT403 
with spring terminals
LAD 9V9 0.100
LC1 D80004 LA9 D8070 (2) –
LP1 D80004 LA9 D8070 (2) –
For 3-pole changeover contactor pairs
Contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors. Horizontally mounted, assembled by customer.
Description For contactors (1)
(2 identical contactors)
Reference Weight
kg
Mechanical interlocks
Without integral
electrical interlocking
LC1 D40A…D65A LAD 9R3S 0.105
With integral
electrical interlocking
LC1 D115 and D150 LA9 D11502 0.280
Sets of power connections
Comprising a set of parallel bars, LC1 D115 and D150 LA9 D11571 0.960
(1)	To order the 2 contactors: see pages 154 and 162.
(2)	Order 2 contact blocks LAD Np1 to build the electrical interlock, see page 169.
r Available 3 rd
quarter 2009.
LA9 D50978
537733
LA9 D50978
537733
LA9 D8070
537735
LA9 D8070
537735
LA9 D6570
537734
LA9 D6570
537734
References TeSys contactors
Component parts for assembling
changeover contactor pairs
537732
LA9 D4002
168
See page opposite for mounting possibilities
according to the contactor type
or
169
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by screw clamp terminals
For use in normal operating environments
In order to mount an LAD 8N on an LC1 D80 to D95, a set of shims must be ordered separately, see page 175
Clip-on mounting
(1)
Number of
contacts per block
Composition Reference Weight
kg
Front 1 – – – 1 – LAD N10 0.020
– – – – 1 LAD N01 0.020
2 – – – 1 1 LAD N11 0.030
– – – 2 – LAD N20 0.030
– – – – 2 LAD N02 0.030
4 – – – 2 2 LAD N22 0.050
– – – 1 3 LAD N13 0.050
– – – 4 – LAD N40 0.050
– – – – 4 LAD N04 0.050
– – – 3 1 LAD N31 0.050
4 incl. 1 N/O  1 N/C make before break – – – 2 2 LAD C22 0.050
Side 2 – – – 1 1 LAD 8N11 0.030
– – – 2 – LAD 8N20 0.030
– – – – 2 LAD 8N02 0.030
For terminal referencing conforming to EN 50012
Front on 3P contactors and .
4P contactors 20 to 80 A
2 – – – 1 1 LAD N11G 0.030
4 – – – 2 2 LAD N22G 0.050
Front on 4P contactors
125 to 200 A
2 – – – 1 1 LAD N11P 0.030
4 – – – 2 2 LAD N22P 0.050
With dust and damp protected contacts, for use in particularly harsh industrial environments
Front 2 – 2 – – – LA1 DX20 0.040
1 1 – – – LA1 DX11 0.040
2 – – – – LA1 DX02 0.040
– 2 2 – – LA1 DY20 (2) 0.040
4 – 2 – 2 – LA1 DZ40 0.050
– 2 – 1 1 LA1 DZ31 0.060
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by lugs
This type of connection is not possible for blocks with 1 contact or blocks with dust and damp protected contacts. 
For all other instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks, add the figure 6 to the end of the references selected above. 
Example: LAD N11 becomes LAD N116.
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by spring terminals
This type of connection is not possible for LAD 8, LAD N with 1 contact or blocks with dust and damp protected
contacts. For all other contact blocks, add the figure 3 to the end of the references selected above. 
Example: LAD N11 becomes LAD N113.
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by Faston connectors
This type of connection is not possible for LAD 8, LAD N with 1 contact or blocks with dust and damp protected
contacts. For all other contact blocks, add the figure 9 to the end of the references selected above. .
Example: LAD N11 becomes LAD N119.
(1����������������������������������������������������������
)	Maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be fitted:
Contactors Instantaneous auxiliary contacts Time delay
Front
mounted
Type Number of poles and size Side mounted Front mounted
1 contact 2 contacts 4 contacts
a 3P LC1 D09…D38 1 ����������
on LH side and – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 D40A…D65A 1 ���������������������
on LH or 1 on RH side and – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 D80 and D95 (50/60 Hz) 1 ������������
on each side or 2 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 D80 and D95 (50 or 60 Hz) 1 ������������
on each side and 2 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 D115 and D150 1 ����������
on LH side and – 1 or 1 or 1
4P LC1 DT20…DT40 1 ����������
on LH side and – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 DT60A and DT80A 1 ���������������������
on LH or 1 on RH side and – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 D40008, D65008 and D80 1 ������������
on each side or 1 or 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 D115 1 ������������
on each side and 1 or 1 or 1 or 1
c 3P LC1 D09…D38 – – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 D40A…D65A – – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 D80 and D95 – 1 or 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 D115 and D150 1 ����������
on LH side and – 1 or 1 or 1
4P LC1 DT20…DT40 – – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 DT60A and DT80A – – 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 D40008, D65008 and D80 – 2 and 1 or 1 or 1
LC1 D115 1 ������������
on each side – and 1 or 1 or 1
BC (3) 3P LC1 D09…D38 – – 1 – –
4P LC1 DT20…DT40 – – 1 – –
(����������������������������������������������������������
2)	Device fitted with 4 earth screen continuity terminals.
(�����������������������
3)	LC: low consumption.
References TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors
Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks
170
Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by screw clamp terminals
Maximum number of auxiliary contact blocks that can be fitted per contactor, see page 169.
Sealing cover to be ordered separately, see page 175.
LAD T0 and LAD R0: with extended scale from 0.1 to 0.6 s.
LAD S2: with switching time of 40 ms ± 15 ms between opening of the N/C contact and closing of the N/O contact.
Clip-on mounting Number
of contacts
Time delay Reference Weight
kg
Type Setting range
Front 1 N/O + 1  N/C On-delay 0.1…3 s LAD T0 0.060
0.1…30 s LAD T2 0.060
10…180 s LAD T4 0.060
1…30 s LAD S2 0.060
Off-delay 0.1…3 s LAD R0 0.060
0.1…30 s LAD R2 0.060
10…180 s LAD R4 0.060
Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by lugs
Add the figure 6 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD T0 becomes LAD T06.
Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by spring terminals
Add the figure 3 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD T0 becomes LAD T03
Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by Faston connectors
Add the figure 9 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD T0 becomes LAD T09.
Mechanical latch blocks (1)
Clip-on mounting Unlatching
control
For use on
contactor
Basic reference,
to be completed by adding
the control voltage code (2)
Weight
kg
Front Manual or
electric
LC1 D09…D38 (a or c)
LC1 DT20…DT40 (a or c)
LAD 6K10p 0.070
LC1 D40A…D65A
(3 P a or c)
LC1 DT60A and DT80A
(4 P a or c)
LAD 6K10p 0.070
LC1 D80…D150 (3 P a)
LC1 D80 and D115 (3 P c)
LC1 D80 (4 P a)
LC1 D80 and D115 (4 P a)
LP1 D80 and LC1 D115 (4 P c)
LA6 DK20p 0.090
(1)	The mechanical latch block must not be powered up at the same time as the contactor.
The duration of the control signal for the mechanical latch block and the contactor should be:
u 100 ms for a contactor operating on an a.c. supply,
u 250 ms for a contactor operating on a d.c. supply.
Maximum impulse duration for the LAD 6K10p mechanical latch block: 10 seconds.
(2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office).
Volts 50/60 Hz, c 24 32/36 42/48 60/72 100 110/127 220/240 256/277 380/415
Code B C E EN K F M U Q
References TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors
Time delay auxiliary contact blocks
Mechanical latch blocks
LAD Tp
LAD Tp3
LAD 6K10p
Characteristics:
pages 146 to 148
Dimensions:
pages 182 to 185
Schemes:
pages 186 and 187
171
RC circuits (Resistor-Capacitor)
Effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to high frequency interference. For use only in cases where the
voltage is virtually sinusoidal. i.e. less than 5% total harmonic distortion. Voltage limited to 3 Uc max. and
oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time).
Mounting For use with contactor (1) Reference Weight
kg
Rating Type
V a V c
Clip-on side mounting (3) D09…D38 (3P)
DT20…DT40
24…48 – LAD 4RCE 0.012
50…127 – LAD 4RCG 0.012
110…250 – LAD 4RCU 0.012
Clip-on front mounting (3) D40A…D65A (3P)
DT60A…DT80A (4P)
24…48 – LAD 4RC3E 0.020
50…127 – LAD 4RC3G 0.020
110…240 – LAD 4RC3U 0.020
380…415 – LAD 4RC3N 0.040
Screw fixing (4) D80…D150 (3P)
D40…D115 (4P)
24…48 – LA4 DA2E 0.018
50…127 – LA4 DA2G 0.018
110…240 – LA4 DA2U 0.018
380…415 – LA4 DA2N 0.018
Varistors (peak limiting)
Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max. Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks. 
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time).
Clip-on side mounting (3) D09…D38 (3P)
DT20…DT40
24…48 – LAD 4VE 0.012
50…127 – LAD 4VG 0.012
110…250 – LAD 4VU 0.012
Clip-on front mounting (3) D40A…D65A (3P)
DT60A…DT80A (4P)
24…48 24…48 LAD 4V3E 0.020
50…127 50…127 LAD 4V3G 0.020
110…250 110…250 LAD 4V3U 0.020
Screw fixing (4) D80…D115 (3P)
D80…D115 (4P)
24…48 – LA4 DE2E 0.018
50…127 – LA4 DE2G 0.018
110…250 – LA4 DE2U 0.018
D80…D95 (3P)
D80 (4P)
– 24…48 LA4 DE3E 0.018
– 50…127 LA4 DE3G 0.018
– 110…250 LA4 DE3U 0.018
Flywheel diodes
No overvoltage or oscillating frequency. Increase in drop-out time (6 to 10 times the normal time). 
Polarised component.
Clip-on side mounting (5) D09…D38 (3P), DT20…DT40 – 24…250 LAD 4DDL 0.012
Clip-on front mounting (5) D40A…D65A (3P), DT60A…DT80A (4P) – 24…250 LAD 4D3U 0.020
Screw fixing (4) D80 and D95 (3P), D40…D80 (4P) – 24…250 LA4 DC3U 0.018
Bidirectional peak limiting diodes
Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max. 
Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
Clip-on side mounting
(3) (5)
D09…D38 (3P)
DT20…DT40 (4P) (2)
24 – LAD 4TB 0.012
– 24 LAD 4TBDL 0.012
72 – LAD 4TS 0.012
– 72 LAD 4TSDL 0.012
– 125 LAD 4TGDL 0.012
– 250 LAD 4TUDL 0.012
– 600 LAD 4TXDL 0.012
Clip-on front mounting
(3)
D40A…D65A (3P)
DT60A…DT80A (4P) (2)
12…24 12…24 LAD 4T3B 0.020
25…72 25…72 LAD 4T3S 0.020
73…125 73…125 LAD 4T3G 0.020
126…250 126…250 LAD 4T3U 0.020
251…440 251…440 LAD 4T3R 0.020
Screw fixing (4) D80…D95 (3P)
D40…D80 (4P)
24 – LA4 DB2B 0.018
72 – LA4 DB2S 0.018
– 24 LA4 DB3B 0.018
– 72 LA4 DB3S 0.018
(1)	For satisfactory protection, a suppressor module must be fitted across the coil of each contactor.
(2)	From D09 to D65A and from LC1 DT20 to DT80A, d.c. and low consumption 3-pole contactors are fitted with a built-in
bidirectional peak limiting diode suppressor as standard. This bidirectional peak limiting diode is removable and can therefore
be replaced by the user. (See reference above). If a d.c. or low consumption contactor is used without suppression, the
standard suppressor should be replaced with a blanking plug (reference LAD 9DL for LC1 D09 to D38 and LC1 DT20 to DT40;
reference LAD 9DL3 for LC1 D40A to D65A and LC1 DT60A to DT80A).
(3)	Clipping-on makes the electrical connection. The overall size of the contactor remains unchanged.
(4)	Mounting at the top of the contactor on coil terminals A1 and A2.
(5)	In order to install these accessories, the existing suppression device must first be removed.
References TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors
Suppressor modules
LAD 4pp
LAD 4RC3p, LAD 4V3p,
LAD 4D3U, LAD 4T3p
LA4 Dpp
LAD 4DDL or LAD 4TpDL
172
See page opposite for mounting possibilities
according to the contactor type
173
Electronic serial timer modules (1)
3-pole contactors LC1 D09 to D38: .
mounted using adapter LAD 4BB, to be ordered separately, see below.
3-pole contactors LC1 D40A to D65A: .
mounted using adapter LAD 4BB3, to be ordered separately,  see below.
3-pole contactors LC1 D80 to D150 and 4-pole contactors LC1 D40 to D115: .
mounted directly across terminals A1 and A2 of the contactor.
b
b
b
On-delay type
Operational voltage a Time delay Reference Weight
kg
24…250 V 100…250 V
LC1 D09…D65A (3P) LC1 D80…D150 (3P) 0.1…2 s LA4 DT0U 0.040
1.5…30 s LA4 DT2U 0.040
25…500 s LA4 DT4U 0.040
Interface modules
3-pole contactors LC1 D09 to D38: mounted using adapter LAD 4BB, to be ordered separately, see below.
3-pole contactors LC1 D40A to D65A: mounted using adapter LAD4 BB3, to be ordered separately, see below.
b
b
Relay interface
Operational voltage a Supply
voltage E1-E2 (c)
Reference Weight
kg
24…250 V
LC1 D09…D150 (3P) 24 V LA4 DFB 0.050
Relay interface with AUTO-I manual override switch (output forced “ON”), solid state type
Operational voltage a Supply
voltage
E1-E2 (c)
Reference Weight
kg
24…250 V 100…250 V
LC1 D09…D65A (3P) LC1 D80…D115 (3P) 24 V LA4 DWB 0.045
Low consumption kit
For use on contactors Composition Reference Weight
kg
LC1 D40A…D65A (3P) (2) Kit comprising:
a retrofit coil LAD 4BB3.
a relay interface module LA4 DFB.
b
b
LA4 DBL 0.077
Retrofit: coil for 3-pole contactor
For adapting existing wiring to a new product
For use on contactors Reference Weight
kg
LC1 D09…D38 Without coil suppression LAD 4BB 0.019
With coil suppression a 24…48 V LAD 4BBVE 0.014
a 50…127 V LAD 4BBVG 0.014
a 110…250 V LAD 4BBVU 0.014
LC1 D40A…65A Without coil suppression LAD 4BB3 0.027
(1)	For 24 V operation, the contactor must be fitted with a 21 V coil (code Z). See pages 176 to 181.
(2)	The kit is compatible with a coil voltage of a 24 V to a 250 V (B7 to U7) and c 24 V to c 250 V (BD to UD).
References TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors
Accessories
Characteristics:
pages 149 to 151
Dimensions:
pages 182 to 185
Schemes:
pages 186 and 187
174
Accessories for main pole and control connections
Description For use with contactors LC1 Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
a c
Connectors for cable, size
(1 connector)
4-pole 10 mm2
DT20, DT25 DT20, DT25 1 LAD 92560 0.030
3-pole 25 mm2
D09…D38 D09…D38 1 LA9 D3260 0.040
EverLink®
terminal block
3-pole D40A…D65A D40A…D65A 1 LAD 96560 0.087
Connectors for cables
(2 connectors)
3-pole 120 mm2
D115, D150 D115, D150 1 LA9 D115603 0.560
4-pole 120 mm2
D115 D115 1 LA9 D115604 0.740
Connectors for
lug type terminals
(2 connectors)
3-pole D1156, D1506 D1156, D1506 1 LA9 D115503 0.300
4-pole D1156 D1156 1 LA9 D115504 0.360
Protective covers
for connectors for
lug type terminals
3-pole D40A6…D65A6 D40A6…D65A6 1 LAD 96570 0.021
D1156, D1506 D1156, D1506 1 LA9 D115703 (1) 0.250
4-pole D60A6…D80A6 D60A6…D80A6 1 LAD 96580 0.027
D1156, D1506 D1156, D1506 1 LA9 D115704 0.300
IP 20 covers for lug type
terminals (for mounting with
circuit-breakers
GV3 Ppp6 and GV3 Lpp6)
3 poles D40A6…D65A6 D40A6…D65A6 1 LAD 96575 0.010
Links for
parallel connection of
2 poles D09…D38 D09…D38 10 LA9 D2561 0.060
DT20, DT25 (4P) DT20, DT25 (4P) 10 LA9 D1261 0.012
DT32, DT40 (4P) DT32, DT40 (4P) 10 LAD 96061 0.060
D40A…D65A D40A…D65A 1 LAD 9P32 0.021
D80, D95 D80 2 LA9 D80961 0.060
3 poles D09…D38 D09…D38 10 LAD 9P3 (2) 0.005
D40A…D65A D40A…D65A 1 LAD 9P33 0.021
D80, D95 D80, D95 1 LA9 D80962 0.080
4 poles DT20, DT25 DT20, DT25 2 LA9 D1263 0.024
D80, D95 D80 2 LA9 D80963 0.100
Staggered coil connection – D80 10 LA9 D09966 0.006
Control circuit take-off
from main pole
D80, D95 D80, D95 10 LA9 D8067 0.010
D115, D150 D115, D150 10 LA9 D11567 0.014
Spreaders
for increasing the pole pitch to 45 mm
D115, D150 D115, D150 3 GV7 AC03 0.180
(1)	For 3-pole contactors: 1 set of 6 covers, for 4-pole contactors: 1 set of 8 covers.
(2)	Separate connecting bar for connecting 2 poles in parallel.
References (continued) TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors
Accessories
LA9 D3260
LA9 D11550p
LAD 96570
LA9 D11560p
LA9 D11570p
LA9 D80962
LA9 D11567
Dimensions:
pages 182 to 185
Schemes:
pages 186 and 187
175
Sets of contacts and arc chambers
Description For contactor Reference Weight
kg
Sets of contacts 3-pole LC1 D115 LA5 D1158031 0.260
LC1 D150 LA5 D150803 0.260
4-pole LC1 D115004 LA5 D115804 0.330
Arc chambers 3-pole LC1 D115 LA5 D11550 0.395
LC1 D150 LA5 D15050 0.395
4-pole LC1 D115004 LA5 D115450 0.470
Power connection accessories
Terminal block For supply to one or more GV2 G busbar sets GV1 G09 0.040
Set of 63 A busbars
for parallelling of contactors
2 contactors LC1 D09…D18 or D25…D38 GV2 G245 0.036
4 contactors LC1 D09…D18 or D25…D38 GV2 G445 0.077
Set of 115 A busbars
for parallelling of contactors
2 contactors LC1 D40A…D65A GV3 G264 0.150
3 contactors LC1 D40A…D65A GV3 G364 (1) 0.250
Set of S-shape busbars For circuit-breakers GV3 Ppp and GV3 Lpp
and contactors LC1 D40A…D65A
GV3 S 0.111
Protection accessories
Description Use Sold in
lots of
Reference Weight
kg
Miniature control
circuit fuse holder
5 x 20 with 4 A-250 V fuse 1 LA9 D941 0.025
Sealing cover For LAD T, LAD R 1 LA9 D901 0.005
Safety cover
preventing access to .
the moving contact carrier
LC1 D09…D65A and DT20…DT80A 1 LAD 9ET1 0.026
LC1 D80 and D95 1 LAD 9ET3 0.004
LC1 D115 and D150 1 LAD 9ET4 0.004
Marking accessories
Description Use Sold in
lots of
Unit
reference
Weight
kg
Sheet of 64 blank legends,
self-adhesive, 8 x 33 mm (2)
Contactors (except 4P).
LC1 D80…D115 , .
LAD N (4 contacts), LA6 DK
10 LAD 21 0.020
Sheet of 112 blank legends,
self-adhesive, 8 x 12 mm (2)
LAD N (2 contacts), .
LAD T, LAD R, LRD
10 LAD 22 0.020
Sheet of 64 blank legends
for marking using plotter .
or 8 x 33 mm engraver
Contactors (except 4P).
LC1 D80…D115, .
LAD (4 contacts), LA6 DK
10 LAD 23 0.050
Sheet of 440 blank legends
for marking using plotter .
or 8 x 12 mm engraver
All products 35 LAD 24 0.200
Marker holder
snap-in, 8 x 22 mm
4-pole contactors, .
LC1 D80...D115, LA6 DK
100 LA9 D92 0.001
Marker holder
snap-in, 8 x 18 mm
LC1 D09...D65A, LC1 DT20...DT80A,
LAD N (4 contacts), LAD T, LAD R
100 LAD 90 0.001
Bag of 300 blank legends
self-adhesive, 7 x 21 mm
On holder LA9 D92 1 LA9 D93 0.001
“SIS Label”
labelling software
supplied on CD-Rom
Multi-language version:
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
1 XBY 2U 0.100
Mounting accessories
Retrofit plate
for screw fixing
For replacement of LC1 D40 to D65
with LC1 D40A to D65A
1 LAD 7X3 0.150
Mounting plate For replacement of LC1 F115 or F150
with LC1 D115 or D150
1 LA9 D730 0.360
Set of shims For fitting side mounting blocks .
LAD 8N on LC1 D80 and D95
1 LA9 D511 0.020
Size 4 Allen key, insulated,
1000 V
For use on contactors  .
LC1 D40A to LC1 D150
5 LAD ALLEN4 0.026
(1) With this set of busbars, any one contactor can be supplied directly by its EverLink®
double cage power terminal block.
The other two contactors are supplied by the busbar set. The 115 A limitation is therefore applied to these two contactors.
Example: 1 LC1 D65A supplied directly + 1 contactor LC1 D65A and 1 contactor LC1 D50 A supplied via the busbar set  =
115  A. This combination is compatible with busbar set GV3 G364.
(2)	These legends are for sticking onto the safety cover of the contactors or add-on block, if fitted.
 
References (continued) TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors
Accessories
GV2 G245
GV1 G09
LA9 D941
GV3 S
LAD 9ETp
LAD 7X3
176
References� 5
For a contactors LC1 D09...D38 and LC1 DT20…DT40
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 °C:
inrush (cos j = 0.75) 70 VA,
sealed (cos j ���������������������������������
= 0.3) 50������������������������
 �����������������������
Hz: 7 VA, 60 Hz: 7.5 VA
Operating range (q y 60 °C): 50 Hz: 0.8…1.1 Uc, 60 Hz: 0.85…1.1 Uc. 
-
-
Control circuit voltage
Uc
Average resistance
at 20 °C��������
 �������
±  10  %
Inductance of
closed circuit
Reference (1) Weight
V W H kg
50/60 Hz
12 1.33 0.05 LXD 1J7 0.070
21 (2) 4.17 0.17 LXD 1Z7 0.070
24 5.37 0.22 LXD 1B7 0.070
32 10.1 0.39 LXD 1C7 0.070
36 12.8 0.49 LXD 1CC7 0.070
42 17 0.67 LXD 1D7 0.070
48 21.7 0.87 LXD 1E7 0.070
60 34.6 1.4 LXD 1EE7 0.070
100 100.4 3.8 LXD 1K7 0.070
110 124.1 4.6 LXD 1F7 0.070
115 129.8 5 LXD 1FE7 0.070
120 150.6 5.4 LXD 1G7 0.070
127 158.5 6.1 LXD 1FC7 0.070
200 410.7 15 LXD 1L7 0.070
208 430.4 16 LXD 1LE7 0.070
220 515.4 18 LXD 1M7 (3) 0.070
230 538.6 20 LXD 1P7 0.070
240 562.3 22 LXD 1U7 0.070
277 800.7 29 LXD 1W7 0.070
380 1551 55 LXD 1Q7 (4) 0.070
400 1633 60 LXD 1V7 0.070
415 1694 65 LXD 1N7 0.070
440 1993 73 LXD 1R7 0.070
480 2398 87 LXD 1T7 0.070
500 2499 95 LXD 1S7 0.070
575 3294 125 LXD 1SC7 0.070
600 3810 136 LXD 1X7 0.070
660 4656 165 LXD 1YC7 0.070
690 5020 180 LXD 1Y7 0.070
(1)	The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.
(2)	Voltage for special coils fitted in contactors with serial timer modules, with 24 V supply.
(3) Suitable for use on 230 V / 50 Hz. In this case, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor (see
page 142).
(4) Suitable for use on 400 V / 50 Hz. In this case, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor (see
page 142).
537496
LXD 1pp
537496
LXD 1pp
TeSys contactors� 5
a.c. coils .
for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
177
References� 5
503984
LXD 3pp
For a contactors LC1 D40A…D65A, LC1 DT60A and LC1 DT80A
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 °C:
inrush (cos j = 0.75) 160 VA.
sealed (cos j ���������������������������������
= 0.3) 50������������������������
 �����������������������
Hz: 15 VA, 60 Hz: 15 VA
Operating range (q y 60 °C): 50 Hz: 0.8…1.1 Uc, 60 Hz:	 0.85…1.1 Uc. 
-
-
Control circuit voltage
Uc
Average resistance
at 20 °C ± 10%
Inductance of
closed circuit
Reference (1) Weight
V W H kg
50/60 Hz
12  0.49 0.03 LXD 3J5 (2) 0.070
24 1.98 0.12 LXD 3B7 0.070
32  3.76 0.22 LXD 3C7 0.070
42 6.18 0.37 LXD 3D7 0.070
48 7.97 0.48 LXD 3E7 0.070
100  37.63 2.07 LXD 3K7 0.070
110 42.28 2.50 LXD 3F7 0.070
115 48.76 2.74 LXD 3FE7 0.070
120 37.63 2.07 LXD 3G7 0.070
127  60.29 3.34 LXD 3FC7 0.070
200  149 8.27 LXD 3L7 0.070
208 105 6.22 LXD 3LE7 0.070
220 182 10 LXD 3M7 (3) 0.070
230 192 10.9 LXD 3P7 0.070
240 202 11.9 LXD 3U7 0.070
277  193 11 LXD 3W7 0.070
380 512 29.9 LXD 3Q7 (4) 0.070
400 607 33.1 LXD 3V7 0.070
415 635 35.6 LXD 3N7 0.070
440 682 40.1 LXD 3R7 0.070
480  607 33.1 LXD 3T7 0.070
500 878 51.7 LXD 3S7 0.070
575 1238 68.4 LXD 3SC7 0.070
600 1304 74.5 LXD 3X7 0.070
660 1593 90.1 LXD 3YC7 0.070
690 1683 98.5 LXD 3Y7 0.070
(1)	The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.
(2) This coil can only be used on 50 Hz.
(3) Suitable for use on 230 V / 50 Hz. In this case, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor (see
page 142).
(4) Suitable for use on 400 V / 50 Hz. In this case, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor (see
page 142).
TeSys contactors� 5
a.c. coils .
for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
178
References (continued)� 5
For 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1D40, D50, D65, D80, D95
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 °C:
inrush (cos j = 0.75) 50 Hz: 200�������������������
 ������������������
VA, 60 Hz: 220 VA,
sealed (cos j ���������������������������������
= 0.3) 50������������������������
 �����������������������
Hz: 20 VA, 60 Hz: 22 VA
Operating range (q y 55 °C): 0.85…1.1 Uc. 
-
-
Control
circuit
voltage
Uc
Average
resistance
at 20°C� 
± 10  %
Inductance
of closed
circuit
Reference (1) Average
resistance
at 20°C 
±  10  %
Inductance
of closed
circuit
Reference (1) Weight
V W H W H kg
50 Hz 60 Hz
24 1.4 0.09 LX1 D6B5 1.05 0.06 LX1 D6B6 0.280
32 2.6 0.16 LX1 D6C5 – – – 0.280
42 4.4 0.27 LX1 D6D5 – – – 0.280
48 5.5 0.35�  LX1 D6E5 4.2 0.23 LX1 D6E6 0.280
110 31 1.9 LX1 D6F5 22 1.2 LX1 D6F6 0.280
115 31 1.9 LX1 D6FE5 – – – 0.280
120 – – – 28 1.5 LX1 D6G6 0.280
127 41 2.4 LX1 D6G5 – – – 0.280
208 – – – 86 4.3 LX1 D6L6 0.280
220 – – – 98 4.8 LX1 D6M6 0.280
220/230 127 7.5 LX1 D6M5 – – – 0.280
230 133 8.1�  LX1 D6P5 – – – 0.280
240 152 8.7 LX1 D6U5 120 5.7 LX1 D6U6 0.280
256 166 10 LX1 D6W5 – – – 0.280
277 – – – 157 8 LX1 D6W6 0.280
380 – – – 300 14 LX1 D6Q6 0.280
380/400 381 22 LX1 D6Q5 – – – 0.280
400 411 25 LX1 D6V5 – – – 0.280
415 463 26 LX1 D6N5 – – – 0.280
440 513 30 LX1 D6R5 392 19 LX1 D6R6 0.280
480 – – – 480 23 LX1 D6T6 0.280
500 668 38 LX1 D6S5 – – – 0.280
575 – – – 675 33 LX1 D6S6 0.280
600 – – – 775 36 LX1 D6X6 0.280
660 1220 67 LX1 D6Y5 – – – 0.280
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 °C:
inrush (cos j ����������������������������������
= 0.75) 50/60 Hz: 245�������������
 ������������
VA at 50 Hz,
sealed (cos j ��������������������������������
= 0.3) 50/60 Hz: 26 VA at 50 Hz.
Operating range (q ≤ 55 °C): 0.85…1.1 Uc. 
-
-
50/60 Hz
24 – – –
1.22 0.08 LX1 D6B7 0.280
42 – – – 3.5 0.25 LX1 D6D7 0.280
48 – – – 5 0.32 LX1 D6E7 0.280
110 – – – 26 1.7 LX1 D6F7 0.280
115 – – – – – LX1 D6FE7 0.280
120 – – – 32 2 LX1 D6G7 0.280
220/230 (2) – – – 102 6.7 LX1 D6M7 0.280
230 – – – 115 7.7 LX1 D6P7 0.280
230/240 (3) – – – 131 8.3 LX1 D6U7 0.280
380/400 (4) – – – 310 20 LX1 D6Q7 0.280
400 – – – 349 23 LX1 D6V7 0.280
415 – – – 390 24 LX1 D6N7 0.280
440 – – – 410 27 LX1 D6R7 0.280
(1)	The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.
(2)	For use on 230 V / 50 Hz, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor, see pages 142 and 143.
This coil can be used on 240 V at 60 Hz.
(3)	This coil can be used on 220/240 V at 50 Hz and on 240 V only at 60 Hz.
(4)	For use on 400 V / 50 Hz, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor, see pages 142 and 143.
537497
LX1 D6pp
537497
LX1 D6pp
TeSys contactors� 5
a.c. coils .
for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
179
References (continued)� 5
For 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1 D115
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 °C:
inrush (cos j = 0.8) 50 or 60 Hz: 300����
 ���
VA,
sealed (cos j �������������������������
= 0.3) 50 or 60����������
 ���������
Hz: 22 VA
Operating range (q y 55 °C): 0.85…1.1 Uc. 
-
-
Control
circuit
voltage
Uc
Average
resistance
at 20°C 
± 10  %
Inductance
of closed
circuit
Reference (1) Average
resistance
at 20°C 
± 10  %
Inductance
of closed
circuit
Reference (1) Weight
V W H W H kg
50 Hz 60 Hz
24 1.24 0.09 LX1 D8B5 0.87 0.07 LX1 D8B6 0.260
32 2.14 0.17 LX1 D8C5 – – – 0.260
42 3.91 0.28 LX1 D8D5 – – – 0.260
48 4.51 0.36 LX1 D8E5 3.91 0.28 LX1 D8E6 0.260
110 26.53 2.00 LX1 D8F5 19.97 1.45 LX1 D8F6 0.260
115 26.53 2.00 LX1 D8FE5 – – – 0.260
120 – – – 24.02 1.70 LX1 D8G6 0.260
127 32.75 2.44 LX1 D8FC5 – – – 0.260
208 – – – 67.92 5.06 LX1 D8L6 0.260
220 104.77 7.65 LX1 D8M5 79.61 5.69 LX1 D8M6 0.260
230 104.77 8.29 LX1 D8P5 – – – 0.260
240 125.25 8.89 LX1 D8U5 97.04 6.75 LX1 D8U6 0.260
277 – – – 125.75 8.89 LX1 D8W6 0.260
380 338.51 22.26 LX1 D8Q5 243.07 17.04 LX1 D8Q6 0.260
400 368.43 25.55 LX1 D8V5 – – – 0.260
415 368.43 27.65 LX1 D8N5 – – – 0.260
440 441.56 30.34 LX1 D8R5 338.51 22.26 LX1 D8R6 0.260
480 – – – 368.43 25.55 LX1 D8T6 0.260
500 566.62 38.12 LX1 D8S5 – – – 0.260
For 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1 D115, LC1 D150
Specifications
Average consumption at 20 °C:
inrush: cos j ����������������������
= 0.9 - 280 to 350 VA,
sealed: cos j �������������������
= 0.9 - 2 to 18 VA.
Operating range (q y 55 °C): 0.8…1.15 Uc. 
Coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard, class B.
-
-
Control
circuit
voltage
Uc
Average
resistance
at 20°C 
±  10  %
Inductance
of closed
circuit
Reference (1) Average
resistance
at 20°C 
±  10  %
Inductance
of closed
circuit
Reference (1) Weight
V W H W H kg
50/60 Hz
24 – – – 147 3.03 LX1 D8B7 0.290
32 – – – 301 8.28 LX1 D8C7 0.290
42 – – – 498 13.32 LX1 D8D7 0.290
48 – – – 1061 24.19 LX1 D8E7 0.290
110 – – – 4377 109.69 LX1 D8F7 0.290
115 – – – 4377 109.69 LX1 D8FE7 0.290
120 – – – 4377 109.69 LX1 D8G7 0.290
127 – – – 6586 152.65 LX1 D8FC7 0.290
208 – – – 10 895 260.15 LX1 D8LE7 0.290
220 – – – 9895 210.72 LX1 D8M7 0.290
230 – – – 9895 210.72 LX1 D8P7 0.290
240 – – – 9895 210.72 LX1 D8U7 0.290
277 – – – 21 988 533.17 LX1 D8UE7 0.290
380 – – – 21 011 482.42 LX1 D8Q7 0.290
400 – – – 21 011 482.42 LX1 D8V7 0.290
415 – – – 21 011 482.42 LX1 D8N7 0.290
440 – – – 21 501 507.47 LX1 D8R7 0.290
480 – – – 32 249 938.41 LX1 D8T7 0.290
500 – – – 32 249 938.41 LX1 D8S7 0.290
(1)	The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.
LX1 D8pp
537502
LX1 D8pp
537502
TeSys contactors� 5
a.c. coils .
for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
180
References� 5
For 3-pole contactors LC1 D80 or 4-pole contactors LP1 D80
Specifications
Average consumption: 22 W.
Operating range: 0.85…1.1 Uc. 
Control circuit voltage
Uc
Average resistance
at 20 °C ± 10%
Inductance of
closed circuit
Reference (1) Weight
V W H kg
12 6.6 0.46 LX4 D7JD 0.680
24 27 1.89 LX4 D7BD 0.680
36 57 4 LX4 D7CD 0.680
48 107 7.5 LX4 D7ED 0.680
60 170 11.9 LX4 D7ND 0.680
72 230 16.1 LX4 D7SD 0.680
110 564 39.5 LX4 D7FD 0.680
125 718 50.3 LX4 D7GD 0.680
220 2215 155 LX4 D7MD 0.680
250 2850 200 LX4 D7UD 0.680
440 9195 640 LX4 D7RD 0.680
(1)	The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.
LX4 D7pD
537503
LX4 D7pD
537503 TeSys contactors� 5
d.c. coils .
for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors
   
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
181
References� 5
TeSys contactors� 5
d.c. coils .
for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors
  
For contactors LC1 D115, D150
Specifications
Consumption: inrush 270 to 365 W, sealed 2.4 to 5.1 W.
Operating range: 0.75…1.2 Uc.
Coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard, class B.
Control circuit voltage
Uc
Average resistance
at 20 °C���������
 ��������
± 10  %
Inductance of
closed circuit
Reference (1) Weight
V W H kg
24 147 3.03 LX4 D8BD 0.300
48 1061 24.19 LX4 D8ED 0.300
60 1673 38.44 LX4 D8ND 0.300
72 2500 56.27 LX4 D8SD 0.300
110 4377 109.69 LX4 D8FD 0.300
125 6586 152.65 LX4 D8GD 0.300
220 9895 210.72 LX4 D8MD 0.300
250 18 022 345.40 LX4 D8UD 0.300
440 21 501 684.66 LX4 D8RD 0.300
For 3-pole contactors LC1 D80 or 4-pole contactors LP1 D80
Specifications
Wide range coils for specific applications
Average consumption: 23 W.
Operating range: 0.75 to 1.2 Uc.
Coils with TH treatment as standard.
Control circuit voltage
Uc
Average resistance
at 20 °C ±  10  %
Inductance of
closed circuit
Reference (1) Weight
V W H kg
12 6.2 0.49 LX4 D7JW 0.680
24 23.5 1.75 LX4 D7BW 0.680
36 51.9 4.18 LX4 D7CW 0.680
48 94.2 7 LX4 D7EW 0.680
72 204 15.7 LX4 D7SW 0.680
110 483 36 LX4 D7FW 0.680
220 1922 144 LX4 D7MW 0.680
(1)	The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code.
537504
LX4 D8pD
537504
LX4 D8pD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
182
LC1 D09…D18 (3-pole) LC1 D25…D38 (3��������
-pole���
), LC1 DT20…DT40 (4������
-pole�
)
LC1 D09…D18 D093…
D123
D099…
D129
D25…
D38
D183…
D323
D098, D128,
DT20 and DT25
DT203 and
DT253
DT32 and
DT40
D188, D258,
DT323 and DT403
b without add-on blocks 77 99 80 85 99 85 99 91 105
b1 with LAD 4BB 94 107 95,5 98 107 98 – – –
with LA4 Dp2 110 (1) 123 (1) 111,5 (1) 114 (1) 123 (1) 114 – – –
with LA4 DF, DT 119 (1) 132 (1) 120,5 (1) 123 (1) 132 (1) 129 – – –
with LA4 DW, DL 126 (1) 139 (1) 127,5 (1) 130 (1) 139 (1) 190 – – –
c without cover or �������������
add-on blocks 84 84 84 90 90 90 90 97 97
with ����������������������������
cover�����������������������
, ���������������������
without add-on blocks 86 86 86 92 92 92 92 99 99
c1 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 117 117 117 123 123 123 123 131 131
c2 with LA6 DK10, LAD 6K10 129 129 129 135 135 135 135 143 143
c3 with LAD T, R, S 137 137 137 143 143 143 143 151 151
with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 141 141 141 147 147 147 147 155 155
(1)	Including LAD 4BB.
LC1 D40A…D65A (3���������
-pole����
),  LC1 DT60A…DT80A (4-pole) LC1 D80 and D95 (3��������
-pole���
), LC1 D80004 and D80008
(4��������
-pole���
), D40008 and D65008 (4-pole)
LAD 4BB3
117
122
a
(LAD 8N) (LAD 8N)
12,5
c1
c2
c3
LA4 DpB
LA4 DpB
LAD 4BB3
b1
12 c
12,5
Min. electrical clearance
LC1 D40A…D65A DT60A…DT80A D40008 D80 D95, D65008 D80004 D80008
a 55 70 85 85 85 96 96
b1 with LA4 Dp2 – – 135 135 135 135 135
with LA4 DB3 or LAD 4BB3 136 – – 135 – – –
with LA4 DF, DT 157 – 142 142 142 142 142
with LA4 DM, DW, DL 166 – 150 150 150 150 150
c without cover or �������������
add-on blocks 118 118 125 125 125 125 140
with cover, without �������������
add-on blocks 120 120 – 130 130 – –
c1 with LAD N (1 contact) – – 139 150 150 150 150
with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 150 150 147 158 158 158 158
c2 with ������������������
LAD 6K10 or ������
LA6 DK 163 163 159 170 170 170 170
c3 with LAD T, R, S 171 171 167 178 178 178 178
with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 175 175 171 182 182 182 182
LC1 D115 and D150 (3��������
-pole���
), LC1 D115004 (4������
-pole�
)
LC1 D115, D150 D115004 D1150046
a 120 150 155
b1 with LA4 DA2 174 174 174
with LA4 DF, DT 185 185 185
with LA4 DM, DL 188 188 188
with LA4 DW 188 188 188
c without cover or �������������
add-on blocks 132 132 115
with cover, without �������������
add-on blocks 136 – –
c1 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 150 150 150
c2 with LA6 DK20 155 155 155
c3 with LAD T, R, S 168 168 168
with LAD T, R, S �����������������
and sealing cover 172 172 172
(LAD.8) (LAD.8).(1)
b
c
0
c
c
c
5 ,5
,5
b

LA
(LAD.8) (LAD.8).(1)
b
c
0
c
c
c
5 ,5
,5
b

LA
(LAD 8)
b
45 12,5
(LAD 8) (1)
12,5
b1
44
LA4
c
10
c1
c2
c3
Minimum electrical clearance
(LAD 8)
b
45 12,5
(LAD 8) (1)
12,5
b1
44
LA4
c
10
c1
c2
c3
Minimum electrical clearance
12,5
(LAD 8) (LAD 8)
127
b1
a 12,5
44
32
LA4
c
12
c1
c2
c3
Minimum electrical clearance
12,5
(LAD 8) (LAD 8)
127
b1
a 12,5
44
32
LA4
c
12
c1
c2
c3
Minimum electrical clearance
158
c a
c1
c2
c3
b1
LAD 8
LA4
10
Min. electrical clearance
158
c a
c1
c2
c3
b1
LAD 8
LA4
10
Min. electrical clearance
Minimum electrical clearance
TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors
Control circuit: a.c.
Dimensions
183
LC1 D09…D18 (3������
-pole�
) LC1 D25…D38 (3������
-pole�
)
LC1 D09…D18 D093…D123 D099…D129 D25…D38 D183…D323
b 77 99 80 85 99
c without cover or add-on blocks 93 93 93 99 99
with cover, without add-on blocks 95 95 95 101 101
c1 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 126 126 126 132 132
c2 with LA6 DK10 138 138 138 144 144
c3 with LAD T, R, S 146 146 146 152 152
with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 150 150 150 156 156
LC1 DT20…DT40 (4������
-pole�
)
LC1 DT20 and DT25
D098 and D128
DT203 and DT253
D0983 and D1283
DT32 and DT40
D188…D258
DT323 and DT403
D1883 and D2583
b 85 99 91 105
c with cover 99 99 107 107
c1 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 123 123 131 131
c2 with LA6 DK10 135 135 143 143
c3 with LAD T, R, S 143 143 151 151
with LADT, R, S and sealing cover 147 147 155 155
LC1 D40A…D65A (3-pole),  LC1 DT60A…DT80A (4-pole) LC1 D80 and D95 (3��������
-pole���
), LP1 D80004, LP1 D80008 (4��������
-pole���
), .
LP1 D40008 and D65008 (4-pole)
LAD 4BB3
117
122
a
(LAD 8N) (LAD 8N)
12,5
c1
c2
c3
LA4 DpB
LA4 DpB
LAD 4BB3
b1
12 c
12,5
LC1 D40A
… D65A
LC1
DT60A…DT80A
LP1 D40008
and  D65008
LC1
D80 and D95
LP1 D80004 LP1 D80008
a 55 70 85 96 96 96
b1 with LAD 4BB3 136 136 – – – –
with LA4 DF, DT 157 157 – – – –
c without cover or add-on blocks 118 118 182 181 181 196
with cover, without add-on blocks 120 120 – 186 – –
c1 with LAD N (1 contact) – – 196 204 204 204
with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 150 150 202 210 210 210
c2 with LA6 DK10 163 163 213 221 221 221
c3 with LAD T, R, S 171 171 221 229 229 229
with LADT, R, S and sealing cover 175 175 225 233 233 233
LC1 D115ppp and LC1 D150ppp with c ������������������
coil��������������
: see page 182
b
c
10
c1
c2
c3
45
Minimum electrical clearance
b
c
10
c1
c2
c3
45
Minimum electrical clearance
c
b
10
c1
c2
c3
45
Minimum electrical clearance
c
b
10
c1
c2
c3
45
Minimum electrical clearance
c
b
10
c1
c2
c3
45
Minimum electrical clearance
c
b
10
c1
c2
c3
45
Minimum electrical clearance
a
c
12
c1
c2
c3
127
Min. electrical clearance
a
c
12
c1
c2
c3
127
Min. electrical clearance
Min. electrical clearance
TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors
Control circuit: d.c. or low consumption
Dimensions
184
TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors
Mounting
LC1 D09…D38, DT20…DT40 LC1 D40A…D65A, LC1 DT60A and DT80A, LC1 D80 and D95,
LC1 D40008 and D65008
On mounting rail AM1 DP200, DR200 or AM1 DE200 (width 35 mm) On mounting rail AM1 DL200 or DL201 (width 75 mm)
On mounting rail AM1 EDppp or AM1 DE200 (width 35 mm)
Control circuit: a.c. Control circuit: a.c.
LC1 D09…
D18
D25…
D38
DT20
and DT25
DT32
and DT40
LC1 D40A…D65A
DT60A…DT80A
D80
and D95
D40008
and D65008
b 77 85 85 100 b 122 127 127
c (AM1 DP200 or DR200) (1) 88 94 94 109 c (AM1 DL200) (1) – 147 143
c (AM1 DE200) (1) 96 102 102 117 c (AM1 DL201) (1) – 137 133
c (AM1 EDppp or DE200) (1) 128 137 133
Control circuit: d.c. Control circuit: d.c.
LC1 D09…
D18
D25…
D38
DT20
and DT25
DT32
and DT40
LC1 D40A…D65A
DT60A…DT80A
D80
and D95
D40008
and D65008
b 77 85 94 109 c (AM1 DL200) (1) – 205 200
c (AM1 DP200 or DR200) (1) 97 103 103 118 c (AM1 DL201) (1) – 195 190
c (AM1 DE200) (1) 105 110 111 1236 c (AM1 EDppp or DE200) (1) 128 128 190
(1)	with safety cover. (1)	with safety cover.
LC1 D80 and D95, LP1 D80
On 2 mounting rails DZ5 MB on 120 mm centres
Control circuit: a.c.
LC1 D80 and D95
c with cover 130
Control circuit: d.c.
LC1 D80 and D95
c with cover 186
LP1 D80
c 181
LC1 D115, D150
On 2 mounting rails DZ5 MB on 120 mm centres
100
=
=
158
c
Control circuit: a.c. or d.c.
LC1 D115 and D150 D1156 and D1506
c (AM1 DP200 or DR200) 134,5 117,5
c (AM1 DE200 or EDppp) 142,5 125,5
c
=
b
=
c
=
b
=
c
=
b
=
c
=
b
=
=
=
c
b
=
=
c
b
110
120
40
c 15
DZ5 ME5
110
120
40
c 15
DZ5 ME5
185
LC1 D09…D38 and LC1 DT20…DT40
On 2 mounting rails DZ5 MB
Control circuit: a.c. d.c.
LC1 D09…D18 D25…D38 D09…D18 D25…D38
c with cover 86 92 95 101
G 35 35 35 35
H 60 60 70 70
H1 70 70 70 70
4-pole contactors
LC1 DT20
and DT25
DT32
and DT40
DT20
and DT25
DT32
and DT40
c 92 100 101 109
G 35 35 35 35
H 60 60 70 70
H1 70 70 70 70
LC1 D09…D38 and LC1 DT20…DT40 LC1 D40A…D65A, LC1 DT60A…DT80A
On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1 PA, PB, PC On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1 PA, PB, PC and panel mounted
Control circuit: a.c d.c Control circuit: a.c d.c.
LC1 D09…D18 D25…D38 D09…D18 D25…D38 LC1 D40A…65A ,
DT60A…DT80A
D40A…65A ,
DT60A…DT80A
c with cover 86 92 95 101
G 35 35 35 35 c with cover 120 120
H 60/70 60/70 70 70
LC1 DT20
and DT25
DT32
and DT40
DT20
and DT25
DT32
and DT40
c with cover 80 93 118 132
G 35 35 35 35
H 60 60 70 70
LC1 D09…D38, LC1 DT20…DT40 LC1 D80 and D95, LC1 D40008 and D65008, LP1 D80
Panel mounted On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1 PA, PB, PC and panel mounted
Control circuit: a.c d.c Control circuit: a.c d.c.
LC1 D09…D18 D25…D38 D09…D18 D25…D38 LC1 D80 and D95, D80 and D95
c with cover 86 92 95 101 D40008 and D65008 D40008 and D65008
4-pole contactors c with cover 130 186
LC1 DT20
and DT25
DT32
and DT40
DT20
and DT25
DT32
and DT40
LP1 – – D80
c with cover 90 98 90 98 c without cover – – 181
LC1 D115, D150
Panel mounted 
LC1 D115 D1156 D150 D1506
c 132 115 132 115
G (3-pole) 96/110 96/110 96/110 96/110
G (4-pole) 130/144 130/144 – –
c 15
H
H1
DZ5 ME8
G
c 15
H
H1
DZ5 ME8
G
H
AF1 EA4 G
c
H
AF1 EA4 G
c
50
2xM4
=
=
60/70
=
=
35
= =
35
= =
2xØ4,5
2xM4
c
50
2xM4
=
=
60/70
=
=
35
= =
35
= =
2xØ4,5
2xM4
c
130
=
=
158
c G
= =
130
=
=
158
c G
= =
TeSys contactors
TeSys D contactors
Mounting (continued)
8
7,5 AF.EA6
c xØ6,5
8
7,5
AF.EA6
0
0
c 0
= =
00/0
=
=
xØ6,5
186
Schemes�
Contactors
3-pole contactors (References: pages 152 to 155)
LC1 D09 to D150
4-pole contactors (References: pages 154 and 155)
LC1 DT20 to DT80A LC1 D115004 LC1 D098 to D258 LC1 and LP1 D40008 to D80008
Front mounting add-on contact blocks
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (References: page 169)
1 N/O LAD N10 (1) 1 N/C LAD N01 (1) 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N11 2 N/O LAD N20
2 N/C LAD N02 2 N/O + 2 N/C LAD N22 1 N/O + 3 N/C LAD N13 4 N/O LAD N40
4 N/C LAD N04 2 N/O + 2 N/C including 1 N/O + 1 N/C make before break LAD C22 3 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N31
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts conforming to standard EN 50012 (References: page 169)
1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N11G 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N11P 2 N/O + 2 N/C LAD N22G 2 N/O + 2 N/C LAD N22P
3 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N31G 3 N/O + 1 N/C LADN31P 1 N/O + 3 N/C LAD N13G 1 N/O + 3 N/C LAD N13P
(1)	Items in brackets refer to blocks mounted on right-hand side of contactor.
    
A1
A2
13/NO
14
1/L1
2/T1
3/L2
5/L3
22
21/NC
4/T2
6/T3
A1
A2
13/NO
14
1/L1
2/T1
3/L2
5/L3
22
21/NC
4/T2
6/T3
A1
A2
1/L1
2/T1
3/L2
4/T2
5/L3
6/T3
7/L4
8/T4
A1
A2
1/L1
2/T1
3/L2
4/T2
5/L3
6/T3
7/L4
8/T4
A1
A2
1
2
R1
R2
R3
R4
3
4
13/NO
14
22
21/NC
A1
A2
1
2
R1
R2
R3
R4
3
4
13/NO
14
22
21/NC
A1
A2
R1
R2
R3
R4
1
2
3
4
A1
A2
R1
R2
R3
R4
1
2
3
4
44
43/NO
(94)
(93)
44
43/NO
(94)
(93)
42
41/NC
(91)
(92)
42
41/NC
(91)
(92)
53/NO
54
62
61/NC
53/NO
54
62
61/NC
63/NO
64
53/NO
54
63/NO
64
53/NO
54
52
51/NC
62
61/NC
52
51/NC
62
61/NC
72
71/NC
62
61/NC
83/NO
84
53/NO
54
72
71/NC
62
61/NC
83/NO
84
53/NO
54
72
71/NC
62
61/NC
53/NO
54
82
81/NC
72
71/NC
62
61/NC
53/NO
54
82
81/NC
83/NO
84
73/NO
74
63/NO
64
53/NO
54
83/NO
84
73/NO
74
63/NO
64
53/NO
54
52
51/NC
62
61/NC
72
71/NC
82
81/NC
52
51/NC
62
61/NC
72
71/NC
82
81/NC
53/NO
54
61/NC
62
87/NO
88
75/NC
76
53/NO
54
61/NC
62
87/NO
88
75/NC
76
62
61/NC
83/NO
84
73/NO
74
53/NO
54
62
61/NC
83/NO
84
73/NO
74
53/NO
54
32
31/NC
43/NO
44
32
31/NC
43/NO
44
22
21/NC
13/NO
14
22
21/NC
13/NO
14
32
31/NC
42
41/NC
63/NO
64
53/NO
54
32
31/NC
42
41/NC
63/NO
64
53/NO
54
32
31/NC
22
21/NC
43/NO
44
13/NO
14
32
31/NC
22
21/NC
43/NO
44
13/NO
14
32
31/NC
43/NO
44
63/NO
64
53/NO
54
32
31/NC
43/NO
44
63/NO
64
53/NO
54
22
21/NC
33/NO
34
13/NO
14
43/NO
44
22
21/NC
33/NO
34
13/NO
14
43/NO
44
42
41/NC
32
31/NC
52
51/NC
63/NO
64
42
41/NC
32
31/NC
52
51/NC
63/NO
64
32
31/NC
22
21/NC
13/NO
14
42
41/NC
32
31/NC
22
21/NC
13/NO
14
42
41/NC
TeSys contactors� 5
TeSys D contactors
187
Schemes (continued)���
Front mounting add-on contact blocks
Dust and damp protected instantaneous auxiliary contacts (References: page 169)
2 N/O (24-50 V)
LA1 DX20
2 N/C (24-50 V)
LA1 DX02
2 N/O (5-24 V)
LA1 DY20
2 N/O protected (24-50 V)
2 N/O standard LA1 DZ40
2 N/O protected (24-50 V)
+ 1 N/O + 1 N/C standard LA1 DZ31
Time delay auxiliary contacts (References: page 170)
On-delay1N/O+1 N/CLADT Off-delay1N/O+1 N/CLADR On-delay 1 N/C + 1 N/O break before make LAD S
Mechanical latch blocks (References: page 170)
LAD 6K10 and LA6 DK20
Side mounting add-on contact blocks
Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (References: page 169)
1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD 8N11 (1) 2 N/O LAD 8N20 (1) 2 N/O LAD 8N02 (1)
(1)	Items in brackets refer to blocks mounted on right-hand side of contactor.
Electronic serial timer module
On-delay LA4 DTpU
Interface modules
Relay output Solid state
LA4 DFB LA4 DWB
References: page 173.
53/NO
54
83/NO
84
63/NO
64
73/NO
74
53/NO
54
83/NO
84
63/NO
64
73/NO
74
62
61/NC
53/NO
54
83/NO
84
73/NO
74
62
61/NC
53/NO
54
83/NO
84
73/NO
74
55/NC
56
67/NO
68
55/NC
56
67/NO
68
66
65/NC
57/NO
58
66
65/NC
57/NO
58
67/NO
68
55/NC
56
67/NO
68
55/NC
56
A1
A2
E1
E2
A1
A2
E1
E2
162
161/NC
(171)
(172)
153/NO
154
(183)
(184)
162
161/NC
(171)
(172)
153/NO
154
(183)
(184)
TeSys contactors� 5
TeSys D contactors
153/NO
154
(184)
(183)
163/NO
164
(174)
(173)
262
261/NC
(271)
(272)
251/NC
252
(281)
(282)
188
188
Dimensions TeSys contactors
TeSys D reversing contactors
LC2 D09 to D38 LC2 DT20 to DT40
2 x LC1 D09 to D38 2 x LC1 DT20 to DT40
2xM4
G
a
= =
60/70
=
=
c
b
e1
e2
2xM4
G
a
= =
60/70
=
=
c
b
e2
LC2 or 2 x LC1 a b c (1) e1 e2 G LC2 or 2 x LC1 a b c G
D09 to D18 a 90 77 86 4 1.5 80 DT20 and DT25 90 85 90 80
D093 to D123 a 90 99 86 – – 80 DT32 and DT40 90 91 98 80
D09 to D18 c 90 77 95 4 1.5 80 c, e: including cabling.
D093 to D123 c 90 99 95 – – 80
D25 to D38 a 90 85 92 9 5 80
D183 to D383 a 90 99 92 – – 80
D25 to D32 c 90 85 101 9 5 80
D183 to D383 c 90 99 101 – – 80
e1 and e2: including cabling.
(1) With safety cover, without add-on block.
LC2 D40A to D65A
2 x LC1 D40A to D65A
122
128
120
119
64
18,7 18,7
26,5
37,5 37,5 6xM4
Selection:
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 162 to 165
Schemes:
pages 190 and 191
189
189
LC2 D80 and D95
2 x LC1 D80 and D95 a 2 x LC1 D80 and D95 c
c
b
e1
e2
G1
= =
6xØ6,5
40
a
= =
G 40 100/110
8
13
c
b
e1
e2
G1
= =
6xØ6,5
40
a
= =
G 40
100/110
8
13
LC2 or 2 x LC1 a b c e1 e2 G G1 2 x LC1 a b c e1 e2 G G1
D80 and D95 a 182 127 158 13 – 57 96 D80 and D95 207 127 215 13 20 96 111
D80004 a 207 127 158 – 20 71 111 c, e1 and e2: including cabling.
c, e1 and e2: including cabling.
LC2 D115 and D150
2 x LC1 D115 and D150
158
e1
e2
c
G
a
= =
130
=
=
LC2 or 2 x LC1 a c e1 e2 G
D115 and D150 266 148 56 18 242/256
D115004 334 148 – 60 310/324
c, e1 and e2: including cabling.
Dimensions (continued) TeSys contactors
TeSys D reversing contactors
Selection:
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 162 to 1657
Schemes:
pages 190 and 191
190
190
Schemes TeSys contactors
TeSys D reversing contactors
Reversing contactors for motor control
LC2 D09…D150 LAD 9R1V
Horizontally mounted With integral electrical interlocking
14
A1
A2
1
2
3
4
5
6
L1
L2
L3
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
V
W
13/NO
14
13/NO
A1
A2
22
21/NC
22
21/NC
14
A1
A2
1
2
3
4
5
6
L1
L2
L3
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
V
W
13/NO
14
13/NO
A1
A2
22
21/NC
22
21/NC
Changeover contactor pairs
LC2 DT20…DT40 LAD T9R1V
Horizontally mounted With integral electrical interlocking
A1
A2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1/L1
1/L2
1/L3
1
2
3
4
7
8
L1
L2
N
5
6
L3
7
8
1N
2/L1
2/L2
2/L3
2N
14
13/NO
22
21/NC
14
13/NO
A1
A2
22
21/NC
1
2
3
4
5
6
1/L1
1/L2
1/L3
1
2
3
4
7
8
L1
L2
N
5
6
L3
7
8
1N
2/L1
2/L2
2/L3
2N
14
A1
A2
13/NO
14
13/NO
A1
A2
22
21/NC
22
21/NC
Selection:
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 162 to 165
Dimensions:
pages 188 and 189
191
191
Schemes (continued) TeSys contactors
TeSys D reversing contactors
Electrical interlocking of reversing contactors fitted with:
Mechanical interlock with integral electrical contacts Mechanical interlock without integral electrical contacts
LA9 D4002, LA9 D8002 and LA9 D11502 LAD 9V2, LAD 4CM, LA9 D50978 and LA9 D80978
01
02
01
02
A1
A2
A2
A1
A2
A2
– KM2
– KM1
A1
A2
– KM1
– KM2
A1
A2
– KM2
– KM1
Low speed-High speed cabling kit, screw clamp terminals Low speed-High speed cabling kit, spring terminals
14
A1
A2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
L1
L2
L3
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
V
W
13/NO
14
13/NO
A1
A2
A1
A2
22
21/NC
22
21/NC
14
13
22
21
PV GV
R1
R2
R3
R4
LAD 9PV/GV
14
A1
A2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
L1
L2
L3
1
2
3
4
5
6
U
V
W
13/NO
14
13/NO
A1
A2
A1
A2
22
21/NC
22
21/NC
PV GV
R1
R2
R3
R4
LAD 3PV/GV
U1
V1
W1
U2
V2
W2
LAD 3PV/GV10
14
13
22
21
Selection:
pages 126 to 139
Characteristics:
pages 140 to 145
References:
pages 162 to 165
Dimensions:
pages 188 and 189

More Related Content

PDF
Contactor LC1D schneider
PDF
Contactor hoangphuongjsc.com
PDF
Control & Isolation 5
PDF
Contactor lc1f schneider
PPT
High Voltage Isolation Flyback Converter using LTspice
PDF
Circuit Design using TI
PDF
Smd philips-130419134912-phpapp02
Contactor LC1D schneider
Contactor hoangphuongjsc.com
Control & Isolation 5
Contactor lc1f schneider
High Voltage Isolation Flyback Converter using LTspice
Circuit Design using TI
Smd philips-130419134912-phpapp02

What's hot (18)

PDF
Iskra Low Voltage Switchgear
PDF
Easy pacttvs catalogues lc1e
PDF
L &T esp price-list- 01-jan-2019
PDF
Advanced motion controls az10a20ddc
PDF
SPICE MODEL of SCH2080KE (Professional+BDP Model) in SPICE PARK
PDF
Cd4051 ti
PDF
Catalogue MCB Fuji- Miniature Circuit Breaker Fuji - Beeteco.com
PDF
Seaward KD1E High Voltage HV Indicators & Detectors, Phasing Units, Ammeters ...
PDF
SPICE MODEL of SCT2080KE (Standard+BDS Model) in SPICE PARK
PDF
Catalog terminal Idec
PDF
Pvi 5000 6000-tl-en_0
PDF
Catalog Relay Idec - Beeteco.com
PDF
1000w ampli com fets
PDF
Original IGBT GT40J323 40J323 TO-3P New TOSHIBA
PDF
Fcs capacitor switch
PDF
Catalogue thiet bi dien abb rccb rcbo abb-dienhathe.vn
Iskra Low Voltage Switchgear
Easy pacttvs catalogues lc1e
L &T esp price-list- 01-jan-2019
Advanced motion controls az10a20ddc
SPICE MODEL of SCH2080KE (Professional+BDP Model) in SPICE PARK
Cd4051 ti
Catalogue MCB Fuji- Miniature Circuit Breaker Fuji - Beeteco.com
Seaward KD1E High Voltage HV Indicators & Detectors, Phasing Units, Ammeters ...
SPICE MODEL of SCT2080KE (Standard+BDS Model) in SPICE PARK
Catalog terminal Idec
Pvi 5000 6000-tl-en_0
Catalog Relay Idec - Beeteco.com
1000w ampli com fets
Original IGBT GT40J323 40J323 TO-3P New TOSHIBA
Fcs capacitor switch
Catalogue thiet bi dien abb rccb rcbo abb-dienhathe.vn
Ad

Similar to Lc1 d (20)

PDF
Overload relays
PDF
Contactor lc1d schneider
PDF
Contactor lc1 d schneider
PDF
Essential Guide-Tesys 2010
PDF
Contactor lc1 f schneider
PDF
Catalog cs iec industrial_control_dienhathe.vn
PDF
Catalog cs iec industrial_control
PDF
ABB Contactors - 3 Pole Contactors ABB AF09 AF09Z (AC DC) Contactors
PDF
Catalog cs contactor d range-dienhathe.vn
PDF
Catalog cs contactor d range
PDF
Catalog cs contactor d range
PDF
WEG Contactors Oveload Relays
PDF
Weg low-voltage-switch-control-gear-50019086-brochure-english
PDF
Catalog Contactor ABB - Khởi Động từ ABB
PDF
1 ratings of-magnetic_contactors-3_pole
PDF
6-Control Components
PDF
Catalog Relay IDEC - www.haophuong.com
PDF
Lv motor control_products_pricelist_w.e.f_1st_oct_2016
Overload relays
Contactor lc1d schneider
Contactor lc1 d schneider
Essential Guide-Tesys 2010
Contactor lc1 f schneider
Catalog cs iec industrial_control_dienhathe.vn
Catalog cs iec industrial_control
ABB Contactors - 3 Pole Contactors ABB AF09 AF09Z (AC DC) Contactors
Catalog cs contactor d range-dienhathe.vn
Catalog cs contactor d range
Catalog cs contactor d range
WEG Contactors Oveload Relays
Weg low-voltage-switch-control-gear-50019086-brochure-english
Catalog Contactor ABB - Khởi Động từ ABB
1 ratings of-magnetic_contactors-3_pole
6-Control Components
Catalog Relay IDEC - www.haophuong.com
Lv motor control_products_pricelist_w.e.f_1st_oct_2016
Ad

More from Hoàng Phương JSC (20)

PDF
Cong tac o cam schneider t12 2018 - premium
PDF
Avatar on schneider electric
PDF
Easy pacttvs catalogues lc1e
PDF
Cptg011 en (web)
PDF
Evolis circuit breakers_17_5kv
PDF
PDF
Compact ins catalogue 2013
PDF
Socket 2012
PDF
Series 56 industrial switches ip66 schneider clipsal
PDF
56 series ip66 schneider clipsal
PDF
Magelis xbt gt, xbt gk 2016
PDF
Modicon m241 logic
PDF
Power and meter
PDF
Easy logic power meter
PDF
Cv thay doi pm810 mg
PDF
PDF
Bang thay the rm4 rm22 rm35
Cong tac o cam schneider t12 2018 - premium
Avatar on schneider electric
Easy pacttvs catalogues lc1e
Cptg011 en (web)
Evolis circuit breakers_17_5kv
Compact ins catalogue 2013
Socket 2012
Series 56 industrial switches ip66 schneider clipsal
56 series ip66 schneider clipsal
Magelis xbt gt, xbt gk 2016
Modicon m241 logic
Power and meter
Easy logic power meter
Cv thay doi pm810 mg
Bang thay the rm4 rm22 rm35

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
introduction to high performance computing
PPTX
Fundamentals of safety and accident prevention -final (1).pptx
PDF
BIO-INSPIRED ARCHITECTURE FOR PARSIMONIOUS CONVERSATIONAL INTELLIGENCE : THE ...
PDF
Artificial Superintelligence (ASI) Alliance Vision Paper.pdf
PPT
introduction to datamining and warehousing
PPTX
CURRICULAM DESIGN engineering FOR CSE 2025.pptx
PDF
Visual Aids for Exploratory Data Analysis.pdf
PPTX
UNIT - 3 Total quality Management .pptx
PDF
737-MAX_SRG.pdf student reference guides
PDF
Unit I ESSENTIAL OF DIGITAL MARKETING.pdf
PPT
Occupational Health and Safety Management System
PPTX
UNIT 4 Total Quality Management .pptx
PPTX
Current and future trends in Computer Vision.pptx
PPTX
6ME3A-Unit-II-Sensors and Actuators_Handouts.pptx
PPTX
communication and presentation skills 01
PDF
SMART SIGNAL TIMING FOR URBAN INTERSECTIONS USING REAL-TIME VEHICLE DETECTI...
PPTX
Artificial Intelligence
PDF
Abrasive, erosive and cavitation wear.pdf
PPT
INTRODUCTION -Data Warehousing and Mining-M.Tech- VTU.ppt
PPT
Introduction, IoT Design Methodology, Case Study on IoT System for Weather Mo...
introduction to high performance computing
Fundamentals of safety and accident prevention -final (1).pptx
BIO-INSPIRED ARCHITECTURE FOR PARSIMONIOUS CONVERSATIONAL INTELLIGENCE : THE ...
Artificial Superintelligence (ASI) Alliance Vision Paper.pdf
introduction to datamining and warehousing
CURRICULAM DESIGN engineering FOR CSE 2025.pptx
Visual Aids for Exploratory Data Analysis.pdf
UNIT - 3 Total quality Management .pptx
737-MAX_SRG.pdf student reference guides
Unit I ESSENTIAL OF DIGITAL MARKETING.pdf
Occupational Health and Safety Management System
UNIT 4 Total Quality Management .pptx
Current and future trends in Computer Vision.pptx
6ME3A-Unit-II-Sensors and Actuators_Handouts.pptx
communication and presentation skills 01
SMART SIGNAL TIMING FOR URBAN INTERSECTIONS USING REAL-TIME VEHICLE DETECTI...
Artificial Intelligence
Abrasive, erosive and cavitation wear.pdf
INTRODUCTION -Data Warehousing and Mining-M.Tech- VTU.ppt
Introduction, IoT Design Methodology, Case Study on IoT System for Weather Mo...

Lc1 d

  • 1. 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 122 Applications All types of control system Rated operational current le max AC-3 (Ue y 440 V) 9 A 12 A 18 A 25 A 32 A 38 A le AC-1 (q y 60 °C) 20/25 A 25/32 A 25/40 A 50 A Rated operational voltage 690 V on a and c Number of poles 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 Rated operational power in AC-3 220/240 V 2.2 kW 3 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW 380/400 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 415/440 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 500 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW 660/690 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW 1000 V – – – – – – Auxiliary contacts 1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks common to the whole range comprising up to 4 N/C or N/O instantaneous, up to 1 N/O + 1 N/C time delay and up to 2 N/O or 2 N/C protected contacts and 2 screen continuity terminals. Thermal overload relays manual-auto compatible Class 10 A 0.10…10 A 0.10…13 A 0.10…18 A 0.10…32 A 0.10…38 A 0.10…38 A Class 20 2.5…10 A 2.5…13 A 2.5…18 A 2.5…32 A Suppressor modules (c and low consumption contactors are fitted with a built-in bidirectional peak limiting diode suppressior as standard) Varistor p p p p p p Diode – – – – – – RC circuit p p p p p p Bidirectional peak limiting diode p p p p p p Interfaces Relay output p p p p p p Relay interface with manual override switch p p p p p p Solid state p p p p p p Contactor type references a or c 3 pole LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 a 4 pole LC1 DT20/ LC1 D098 LC1 DT25/ LC1 D128 LC1 DT32/ LC1 D188 LC1 DT40/ LC1 D258 – – c 4 pole – – Reversing contactor type references a 3 pole LC2 D09 LC2 D12 LC2 D18 LC2 D25 LC2 D32 LC2 D38 c 3 pole LC2 D09 LC2 D12 LC2 D18 LC2 D25 LC2 D32 LC2 D38 a 4 pole LC2 DT20 LC2 DT25 LC2 DT32 LC2 DT40 – – c 4 pole LC2 DT20 LC2 DT25 LC2 DT32 LC2 DT40 – – Pages Contactors 152 to 157 Reversing contactors 162 to 165 Selection guide TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors
  • 2. 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 123 40 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 95 A 115 A 150 A 60 A 80 A 125 A 200 A 690 V a or c 1000 V on a supply, 690 V on c supply 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 4 3 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 25 kW 30 kW 40 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW 75 kW 22 kW 25/30 kW 30 kW 45 kW 45 kW 59 kW 80 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 55 kW 55 kW 75 kW 90 kW 30 kW 33 kW 37 kW 45 kW 45 kW 80 kW 100 kW – – – 45 kW 45 kW 75 kW 90 kW 1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks common to the whole range comprising up to 4 N/C or N/O instantaneous, up to 1 N/O + 1 N/C time delay and up to 2 N/O or 2 N/C protected contacts and 2 screen continuity terminals. 13…40 A 13…50 A 13…65 A 17…104 A 17…104 A 60…150 A 60…150 A 13…40 A 13…50 A 13…65 A 17…80 A 60…150 A 60…150 A p p p p p p p p p p – p p p p p p p p – – – p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p – – – p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p p – LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 LC1 DT60A – LC1 DT80A LC1 D80 – LC1 D115 – LC1 DT60A – LC1 DT80A LC1 D80 – LC1 D115 – LC2 D40A LC2 D50A LC2 D65A LC2 D80 LC2 D95 LC2 D115 LC2 D150 LC2 D40A LC2 D50A LC2 D65A – – – – – – – LC2 D80 – LC2 D115 – – – – – – – – 152 to 157 162 to 165
  • 3. 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 124 Applications Automation systems Rated operational current le max AC-3 (Ue y 440 V) 9 A 12 A 18 A le AC-1 (q y 60 °C) 20/25 A 20/25 A 25/32 A Rated operational voltage 690 V Number of poles 3 or 4 3 or 4 3 or 4 Rated operational power in AC-3 220/240 V 2.2 kW 3 kW 4 kW 380/400 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 415/440 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW 500 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW 660/690 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 10 kW Coil consumption 2.4 W (100 mA - 24 V) Operating ranges 0.7…1.25 Uc Operating time at 20 °C and at Uc Closing 70 ms Opening 25 ms Auxiliary contact block modules 1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous contacts incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks common to the whole range, comprising up to 2 N/C or 2 N/O instantaneous standard contacts Interference suppression Built-in suppression as standard, by bi-directional peak limiting diode Contactor type 3-pole LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 4-pole LC1 DT20/D098 LC1 DT25/D128 LC1 DT32/D188 Reversing contactor type 3-pole LC2 D09 LC2 D12 LC2 D18 4-pole LC2 DT20 LC2 DT25 LC2 DT32 Pages Contactors 152 to 157 Reversing contactors 162 to 165 (1) With low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173). (2) With 2 low consumption kits LA4 DBL (see page 173). Selection guide TeSys contactors TeSys D low consumption contactors
  • 4. 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 125 25 A 32 A 38 A 40 A 50 A 65 A 25/40 A 50 A 50 A 60 A – 80 A 690 V 690 V 3 or 4 3 3 3 3 3 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 25/30 kW 30 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW 30 kW 33 kW 37 kW 2.4 W (100 mA - 24 V) 0.6 W (25 mA - 24 V) for relay LA4 DFB + the power consumed by the contactor coil 0.7…1.25 Uc – – – 70 ms – – – 25 ms – – – 1 N/C and 1 N/O instantaneous contacts incorporated in the contactors, with add-on blocks common to the whole range, comprising up to 2 N/C or 2 N/O instantaneous standard contacts Built-in suppression as standard, by bi-directional peak limiting diode LC1 D25 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 LC1 D40A (1) LC1 D50A (1) LC1 D65A (1) LC1 DT40/D258 – – LC1 DT80A (1) LC2 D25 LC2 D32 LC2 D38 LC2 D40A (2) LC2 D50A (2) LC2 D65A (2) LC2 DT40 152 to 157 162 to 165
  • 5. 126 Selection� 5 Operational current and power conforming to IEC (q y 60 °C) Contactor size LC1/ LP1 K06 LC1/ LP1 K09 LC1 K12 LC1 K16 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 LC1 D40A Maximum operational current. in AC-3 y 440 V A 6 9 12 16 9 12 18 25 32 38 40 Rated operational power P . (standard motor power ratings) 220/240 V kW 1.5 2.2 3 3 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 11 380/400 V kW 2.2 4 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 18.5 415 V kW 2.2 4 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 440 V kW 3 4 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 500 V kW 3 4 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 18.5 22 660/690 V kW 3 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 10 15 18.5 18.5 30 1000 V kW – – – – – – – – – – – Maximum operating rate in operating cycles/hour (1) On-load factor Operational power LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 LC1 D40A y 85 % P – – – – 1200 1200 1200 1200 1000 1000 1000 0.5 P – – – – 3000 3000 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 y 25 % P – – – – 1800 1800 1800 1800 1200 1200 1200 Operational current and power conforming to UL, CSA (q y 60 °C) Contactor size LC1/ LP1 K06 LC1/ LP1 K09 LC1/ LP1 K12 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 LC1 D40A Maximum operational current. in AC-3 y 440 V A 6 9 12 9 12 18 25 32 – 40 Rated operational power P . (standard motor power ratings . 60 Hz) 200/208 V HP 1.5 2 3 2 3 5 7.5 10 – 10 230/240 V HP 1.5 3 3 2 3 5 7.5 10 – 10 460/480 V HP 3 5 7.5 5 7.5 10 15 20 – 30 575/600 V HP 3 5 10 7.5 10 15 20 25 – 30 (1) Depending on the operational power and the on-load factor (q y 60 °C). Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 TeSys contactors� 5 For utilisation category AC-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 6. 127 5 LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F780 LC1 F800 LC1 BL LC1 BM LC1 BP LC1 BR 50 65 80 95 115 150 185 225 265 330 400 500 630 780 800 750 1000 1500 1800 15 18,5 22 25 30 40 55 63 75 100 110 147 200 220 250 220 280 425 500 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 335 400 450 400 500 750 900 25 30 45 45 59 80 100 110 140 180 220 280 375 425 450 425 530 800 900 30 30 45 45 59 80 100 110 140 200 250 295 400 425 450 450 560 800 900 30 37 55 55 75 90 110 129 160 200 257 355 400 450 450 500 600 750 900 33 37 45 45 80 100 110 129 160 220 280 335 450 475 475 560 670 750 900 . . – – 45 45 65 75 100 100 147 160 185 335 450 450 450 530 530 670 750 LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F780 LC1 F800 LC1 BL LC1 BM LC1 BP LC1 BR 1000 1000 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 500 500 500 500 500 120 120 120 120 2500 2500 2000 2000 2000 1200 2000 2000 2000 2000 1200 1200 1200 1200 600 120 120 120 120 . . 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 600 600 120 120 120 120 LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F780 LC1 F800 50 65 80 95 115 150 185 225 265 330 400 500 630 780 800 15 20 30 30 30 40 50 60 60 75 100 150 250 – 350 15 20 30 30 40 50 60 75 75 100 125 200 300 450 400 40 40 60 60 75 100 125 150 150 200 250 400 600 900 900 . . 40 50 60 60 100 125 150 150 200 250 300 500 800 – 900 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 7. 128 Selection (continued)� 5 Selection according to required electrical durability, in category AC-3 (Ue�  y 440 V) Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst running. The current broken (Ic) in category AC-3 is equal to the rated operational current (Ie) of the motor. Operational power in kW-50 Hz. Example: Asynchronous motor with  P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 400 V - Ie = 11 A - Ic = Ie = 11 A. or asynchronous motor with  P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 11 A - Ic = Ie = 11 A. 3 million operating cycles required. . The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 D18. Selection according to required electrical durability, in category AC-3 (Ue = 660/690 V) (1) Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst running. The current broken (Ic) in category AC-3 is equal to the rated operational current (Ie) of the motor. (1) For Ue = 1000 V, use the 660/690 V curves, but do not exceed the operational current at the operational power indicated for 1000 V. 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 16 18 20 30 25 32 40 37 50 65 80 115 95 150 0,5 0,6 0,8 1 1,5 2 4 6 8 10 LC1-D09 LC1, LP1, LP4 K09 LC1, LP1, LP4 K06 LC1 D12 LC1 K16 LC1, LP1, LP4 K12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 200 0,55 0,75 1,5 2,2 3 4 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5 22 25 30 230 V 400 V 0,75 1,5 2,2 4 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5 22 30 37 kW 1,5 2,2 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5 22 37 45 55 75 30 440 V kW kW 45 55 75 Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 16 18 20 30 25 32 40 37 50 65 80 115 95 150 0,5 0,6 0,8 1 1,5 2 4 6 8 10 LC1-D09 LC1, LP1, LP4 K09 LC1, LP1, LP4 K06 LC1 D12 LC1 K16 LC1, LP1, LP4 K12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 200 0,55 0,75 1,5 2,2 3 4 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5 22 25 30 230 V 400 V 0,75 1,5 2,2 4 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5 22 30 37 kW 1,5 2,2 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5 22 37 45 55 75 30 440 V kW kW 45 55 75 Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 0,6 0,8 1 1,5 2 3 4 6 8 10 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32, LC1 D38 LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6,6 10 11 15 17 20 22 35 33 40 42 48 50 60 90 80 100 Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 0,6 0,8 1 1,5 2 3 4 6 8 10 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32, LC1 D38 LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 200 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6,6 10 11 15 17 20 22 35 33 40 42 48 50 60 90 80 100 Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 TeSys contactors� 5 For utilisation category AC-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 8. 129 Selection (continued)� 5 Selection according to required electrical durability, in category AC-3 (Ue�  y 440 V) Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst running. The current broken (Ic) in category AC-3 is equal to the rated operational current (Ie) of the motor. Operational power in kW-50 Hz. Example: Asynchronous motor with  P = 132 kW - Ue = 380 V - Ie = 245 A - Ic = Ie = 245 A or asynchronous motor with  P = 132 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 240 A - Ic = Ie = 240 A 1.5 million operating cycles required. The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 F330.� (1) The dotted lines are only applicable to LC1 BL contactors. Selection according to required electrical durability, in category AC-3 (Ue = 660/690 V) Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst running. The current broken (Ic) in category AC-3 is equal to the rated operational current (Ie) of the motor. Example: Asynchronous motor with P = 132 kW - Ue = 660 V - Ie = 140 A - Ic = Ie = 140 A 1.5 million operating cycles required. The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 F330. (1) The dotted lines are only applicable to LC1 BL contactors. 20 30 40 50 60 80 90 100 400 800 1000 2000 (1) 600 0,4 0,8 1 1,5 2 4 6 8 10 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5 22 25 30 40 55 110 11 15 18,5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 335 400 500 750 900 11 15 18,5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 132 200 285 45 75 200 220 147 220 V 230 V kW kW kW 380 V 400 V 440 V LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F780 LC1 F630 LC1 F800 LC1 BP LC1 BR LC1 BL, BM 0,6 200 Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 20 30 40 50 60 80 90 100 400 800 1000 2000 (1) 600 0,4 0,8 1 1,5 2 4 6 8 10 5,5 7,5 11 15 18,5 22 25 30 40 55 110 11 15 18,5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 335 400 500 750 900 11 15 18,5 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 132 200 285 45 75 200 220 147 220 V 230 V kW kW kW 380 V 400 V 440 V LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F780 LC1 F630 LC1 F800 LC1 BP LC1 BR LC1 BL, BM 0,6 200 Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 0,6 0,8 1 1,5 2 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 90 100 400 800 1000 2000 200 600 118 129 170 220 305 355 485 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F780 LC1 F800 LC1 F630 LC1 BP LC1 BR LC1 BL, BM 0,4 kW 110 160 355 335 129 220 670 750 900 475 560 660 V 690 V (1) Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 0,6 0,8 1 1,5 2 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 90 100 400 800 1000 2000 200 600 118 129 170 220 305 355 485 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F780 LC1 F800 LC1 F630 LC1 BP LC1 BR LC1 BL, BM 0,4 kW 110 160 355 335 129 220 670 750 900 475 560 660 V 690 V (1) Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 TeSys contactors� 5 For utilisation category AC-3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 9. 130 Selection� 5 Maximum operational current (open-mounted device) Contactor size LC1/ LP1 K09 LC1/ LP1 K12 LC1 D09 LC1 DT20 LC1 D12 DT25 LC1 D18 DT32 LC1 D25 DT40 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 LC1 D40A DT60A Maximum operating rate . in operating cycles/hour 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 Connection conforming to IEC 60947-1 Cable c.s.a. mm2 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 10 10 35 Bar c.s.a. mm – – – – – – – – – – Operational current in AC-1 in A, according to the . ambient temperature,. conforming to IEC 60947-1 y 40 °C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60 y 60 °C A 20 20 25 20 25 32 40 50 50 60 y 70 °C A (at UC) (1) (1) 17 (1) 17 22 28 35 35 42 Maximum operational. power y 60 °C 220/230 V kW 8 8 9 8 9 11 14 18 18 21 240 V kW 8 8 9 8 9 12 15 19 19 23 380/400 V kW 14 14 15 14 15 20 25 31 31 37 415 V kW 14 14 17 14 17 21 27 34 34 41 440 V kW 15 15 18 15 18 23 29 36 36 43 500 V kW 17 17 20 17 20 23 33 41 41 49 660/690 V kW 22 22 27 22 27 34 43 54 54 65 1000 V kW – – – – – – – – – – (1) Please consult your Regional Sales Office. Increase in operational current by parallel connection of poles Apply the following coefficients to the currents or power values given above; these coefficients take into account an often unbalanced current distribution between the poles: 2 poles in parallel: K = 1.6 3 poles in parallel: K = 2.25 4 poles in parallel: K = 2.8 b b b Selection according to required electrical durability, in category AC-1 (Ue�  y 440 V) Control of resistive circuits (cos φ u 0.95). The current broken (Ic) in category AC-1 is equal to the current (Ie) normally drawn by the load. Example: Ue = 220 V - Ie = 50 A q y 40 °C - Ic�������������  ������������ =�����������  ���������� Ie��������  ������� =������  ����� 50 A. 2 million operating cycles required. The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: either LC1 or LP1 D50. b b b 20 25 32 10 2 4 3 6 8 1 40 50 60 80 100 125 200 400 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,5 2 4 6 8 10 LC1, LP1, LP4 K09 LC1, LP1, LP4 K12 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32, LC1 D38 LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1, LP1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 250 Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 20 25 32 10 2 4 3 6 8 1 40 50 60 80 100 125 200 400 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 1,5 2 4 6 8 10 LC1, LP1, LP4 K09 LC1, LP1, LP4 K12 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32, LC1 D38 LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1, LP1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 250 Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 Réferences : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 Réferences : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 Réferences : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 Réferences : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 TeSys contactors� 5 For utilisation category AC-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 10. 131 5 LC1 D50A LC1 D65A DT80A LC1/ LP1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F780 LC1 F800 LC1 BL LC1 BM LC1 BP LC1 BR 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 120 120 120 120 35 35 50 50 120 120 150 185 185 240 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 2 30 x 5 2 40 x 5 2 60 x 5 2 100 x 5 2 60 x 5 2 50 x 5 2 80 x 5 2 100 x 5 2 100 x 10 80 80 125 125 250 250 275 315 350 400 500 700 1000 1600 1000 800 1250 2000 2750 80 80 125 125 200 200 275 280 300 360 430 580 850 1350 850 700 1100 1750 2400 56 56 80 80 160 160 180 200 250 290 340 500 700 1100 700 600 900 1500 2000 29 29 45 45 80 80 90 100 120 145 170 240 350 550 350 300 425 700 1000 31 31 49 49 83 83 100 110 125 160 180 255 370 570 370 330 450 800 1100 50 50 78 78 135 135 165 175 210 250 300 430 600 950 600 500 800 1200 1600 54 54 85 85 140 140 170 185 220 260 310 445 630 1000 630 525 825 1250 1700 58 58 90 90 150 150 180 200 230 290 330 470 670 1050 670 550 850 1400 2000 65 65 102 102 170 170 200 220 270 320 380 660 750 1200 750 600 900 1500 2100 80 80 135 135 235 235 280 300 370 400 530 740 1000 1650 1000 800 1100 1900 2700 – – 120 120 345 345 410 450 540 640 760 950 1500 2400 1500 1100 1700 3000 4200 . . . . . Example: Ue = 220 V - Ie = 500 A - q y 40 °C - Ic = Ie = 500 A. 2 million operating cycles required. The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 F780. (1) The dotted lines are only applicable to LC1 F225 contactors. b b b 20 40 50 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 800 1000 2000 4000 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 4 6 8 10 LC1 F185 LC1 F265 LC1 F225 LC1 F330 275 315 350 500 700 1600 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F800 LC1 F780 LC1 BL, BM LC1 BP LC1 BR (1) Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 20 40 50 60 80 100 200 300 400 600 800 1000 2000 4000 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 4 6 8 10 LC1 F185 LC1 F265 LC1 F225 LC1 F330 275 315 350 500 700 1600 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F800 LC1 F780 LC1 BL, BM LC1 BP LC1 BR (1) Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 11. 132 Selection� 5 Maximum breaking current Category AC-2: slip ring motors - breaking the starting current. Category AC-4: squirrel cage motors - breaking the starting current. Contactor size LC1/ LP1 K06 LC1/ LP1 K09 LC1/ LP1 K12 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 LC1 D40A In category AC-4 (le max) Ue y 440 V le max broken = . 6 x l motor A 36 54 54 54 72 108 150 192 192 240 440 V Ue y 690 V le max broken = . 6 x l motor A 26 40 40 40 50 70 90 105 105 150 Depending on the maximum operating rate (1) and the on-load factor, q y 60 °C (2) From 150 and 15 % to 300 and 10 % A 20 30 30 30 40 45 75 80 80 110 From 150 and 20 % to 600 and 10 % A 18 27 27 27 36 40 67 70 70 96 From 150 and 30 % to 1200 and 10 % A 16 24 24 24 30 35 56 60 60 80 From 150 and 55 % to 2400 and 10 % A 13 19 19 19 24 30 45 50 50 62 From 150 and 85 % to 3600 and 10 % A 10 16 16 16 21 25 40 45 45 53 (1) Do not exceed the maximum number of operating cycles.. (2) For temperatures higher than 60 °C, use a maximum operating rate value equal to 80% of the actual value when selecting from the tables. Counter current braking (plugging) The current varies from the maximum plug-braking current to the rated motor current. The making current must be compatible with the rated making and breaking capacities of the contactor. As breaking normally takes place at a current value at or near the locked rotor current, the contactor can be selected using the criteria for categories AC-2 and AC-4. Permissible AC-4 power rating for 200 000 operating cycles Operational voltage LCp/ LPp K06 LCp/ LPp K09 LCp LPp K12 LCp D09 LCp D12 LCp D18 LCp D25 LCp D32 LCp D38 LCp D40A 220/230 V kW 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 4 4 4 380/400 V kW 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.7 4 5.5 7.5 7.5 9 415 V kW 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 3 3.7 5.5 7.5 7.5 9 440 V kW 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 3 3.7 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 500 V kW 2.2 3 3 3 4 5.5 7.5 9 9 11 660/690 V kW 3 4 4 4 5.5 7.5 10 11 11 15 TeSys contactors� 5 For utilisation categories AC-2 or AC-4 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 12. 133 5 . . LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F26 LC1 F330 LC1 F40 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F780 LC1 F800 LC1 BL LC1 BM LC1 BP LC1 BR . . 300 390 480 570 630 830 1020 1230 1470 1800 2220 2760 3360 4260 3690 4320 5000 7500 9000 . . 170 210 250 250 540 640 708 810 1020 1410 1830 2130 2760 2910 2910 4000 4800 5400 6600 140 160 200 200 280 310 380 420 560 670 780 1100 1400 1600 1600 2250 3000 4500 5400 120 148 170 170 250 280 350 400 500 600 700 950 1250 1400 1400 2000 2400 3750 5000 100 132 145 145 215 240 300 330 400 500 600 750 950 1100 1100 1500 2000 3000 3600 80 110 120 120 150 170 240 270 320 390 450 600 720 820 820 1000 1500 2000 2500 70 90 100 100 125 145 170 190 230 290 350 500 660 710 710 750 1000 1500 1800 . . . . . . . . LCp D50A LCp D65A LCp D80 LCp D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F780 LC1 F800 LC1 BL LC1 BM LC1 BP LC1 BR 5.5 7.5 7.5 9 9 11 18.5 22 28 33 40 45 55 63 63 90 110 150 200 11 11 15 15 18.5 22 33 40 51 59 75 80 100 110 110 160 160 220 250 11 11 15 15 18.5 22 37 45 55 63 80 90 100 110 110 160 160 250 280 11 15 15 15 18.5 22 37 45 59 63 80 100 110 132 132 160 200 250 315 15 15 22 22 30 37 45 55 63 75 90 110 132 150 150 180 200 250 355 15 18.5 25 25 30 45 63 75 90 110 129 140 160 185 185 200 250 315 450 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 13. 134 TeSys contactors� 5 For utilisation categories AC-2 or AC-4 Selection (continued)� 5 Selection according to required electrical durability, in categories AC-2 or AC-4 (Ue�  y 440 V) Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors (AC-4) or slip ring motors (AC-2) with breaking whilst motor stalled. The current broken (Ic) in AC-2 is equal to 2.5 x Ie. The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie. (Ie = rated operational current of the motor). Example: Asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue  = 400 V - Ie  = 11 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 66 A or asynchronous motor with P = 5.5 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 11 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 66 A. 200 000 operating cycles required. The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 D25. (1) The dotted lines are only applicable to LC1, LP1 K12 contactors. b b b b Selection according to required electrical durability, use in category AC-4 (440 V Ue y 690 V) Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst motor stalled The current broken (Ic) in AC-2 is equal to 2.5 x Ie. The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie. (Ie = rated operational current of the motor). 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 36 40 50 54 80 72 108 150 192 240 300 390 480 630 828 1000 570 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,06 0,05 0,08 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32 et D38 LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 LC1, LP1, LP4 K09,K12 LC1, LP1, LP4 K06 (1) Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 36 40 50 54 80 72 108 150 192 240 300 390 480 630 828 1000 570 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,06 0,05 0,08 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32 et D38 LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 LC1, LP1, LP4 K09,K12 LC1, LP1, LP4 K06 (1) Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 90 70 105 121 210 250 300 400 500 640 800 1000 540 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,06 0,05 0,08 0,07 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 150 LC1 D32, D38 Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 30 40 50 90 70 105 121 210 250 300 400 500 640 800 1000 540 0,01 0,02 0,03 0,04 0,06 0,05 0,08 0,07 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D40A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 150 LC1 D32, D38 Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 14. 135 Selection (continued)� 5 Selection according to required electrical durability, in categories AC-2 or AC-4 (Ue�  y 440 V) Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors (AC-4) or slip ring motors (AC-2) with breaking whilst motor stalled. The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie. (Ie = rated operational current of the motor). Example: Asynchronous motor with P = 90 kW - Ue��������������������������������������������  ������������������������������������������� = 380 V - Ie�������������������������������  ������������������������������ = 170�������������������������  ������������������������ A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 1020���  �� A . or asynchronous motor with P = 90 kW - Ue = 415 V - Ie = 165 A. Ic = 6 x Ie = 990 A. 60 000 operating cycles required. The above selection curves show the contactor rating needed: LC1 F265. b b b Selection according to required electrical durability, use in category AC-4 (440 V Ue y 690 V) Control of 3-phase asynchronous squirrel cage motors with breaking whilst motor stalled. The current broken (Ic) in AC-4 is equal to 6 x Ie. (Ie = rated operational current of the motor). 6000 10 000 100 200 400 600 800 1020 1470 2220 3360 4260 3690 2760 1230 1800 5000 8000 20 000 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,1 0,08 0,06 0,04 0,02 0,01 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F800 LC1 F780 LC1 BL, BM LC1 BP LC1 BR Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 6000 10 000 100 200 400 600 800 1020 1470 2220 3360 4260 3690 2760 1230 1800 5000 8000 20 000 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,1 0,08 0,06 0,04 0,02 0,01 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F800 LC1 F780 LC1 BL, BM LC1 BP LC1 BR Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 10 000 100 200 400 600 800 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 000 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,1 0,08 0,06 0,04 0,02 0,01 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F780, F800 LC1 BL, BM LC1 BP LC1 BR Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A 10 000 100 200 400 600 800 1000 2000 4000 8000 20 000 1 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0,1 0,08 0,06 0,04 0,02 0,01 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F780, F800 LC1 BL, BM LC1 BP LC1 BR Millions of operating cycles Current broken in A TeSys contactors� 5 For utilisation categories AC-2 or AC-4 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 Characteristics : pages 140 to 145 References : pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes : pages 182 to 187 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 15. 136 Selection 5 + – 2 poles + – 3 poles + – 4 poles 1 pole + – Rated operational current (Ie) in Amperes, in utilisation category DC-1, resistive loads: time constant L __ R y 1 ms, ambient temperature y 60 °C Rated opera- tional voltage Ue No. of poles connec- ted in series Contactor rating (1) LC1 D09 LC1 DT20 LC1 D12 DT25 LC1 D18 DT32 LC1 D25 DT40 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 LC1 D40A LC1 DT60A V 24 1 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50 48/75 1 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50 125 1 4 4 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50 250 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4 4 4 4 7 7 7 7 7 3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50 300 3 4 4 4 4 7 7 7 7 – 4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50 460 1 – – – – – – – – – 4 – – – – – – – – – 900 2 – – – – – – – – – 1200 3 – – – – – – – – – 1500 4 – – – – – – – – – Rated operational current (Ie) in Amperes, in utilisation category DC-2 to DC-5, inductive loads: time constant L __ R y 15 ms, ambient temperature y 60 °C Rated oper- ational voltage Ue No. of poles connec- ted in series C���������������� ontactor rating� (1) LC1 D09 LC1 DT20 LC1 D12 DT25 LC1 D18 DT32 LC1 D25 DT40 LC1 D32 LC1 D38 LC1 D40A LC1 DT60A V 24 1 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50 48/75 1 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50 125 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 2 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 3 20 20 20 25 32 40 40 50 50 4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50 250 1 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 0,5 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 8 8 8 8 32 40 40 50 50 4 – 20 20 25 32 – – – 50 300 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 – 8 8 8 32 – – – 50 460 1 – – – – – – – – – 4 – – – – – – – – – 900 2 – – – – – – – – – 1200 3 – – – – – – – – – 1500 4 – – – – – – – – – (1) For rated operational currents of contactors LC1 and LP1 K: please consult your Regional Sales Office. TeSys contactors 5 For utilisation categories DC-1 to DC-5 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187
  • 16. 137 5 5 LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 DT80A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F780 LC1 F800 LC1 BL LC1 BM LC1 BP LC1 BR 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 – – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 – – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 7 7 7 12 12 12 12 210 230 270 320 380 520 760 1180 760 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 210 230 270 320 380 520 760 1180 760 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 – – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 1 1,5 1,5 2 2 10 10 – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400 7 7 7 12 12 200 200 190 200 250 280 350 450 700 1000 700 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 – – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 7 7 7 12 12 200 200 190 200 250 280 350 450 700 1000 700 700 1100 1750 2400 – – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1000 850 700 1100 1750 2400 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400 – – – – – 200 – 190 200 250 280 350 450 700 1000 700 700 1100 1750 2400 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400 LC1 D50A LC1 D65A LC1 DT80A LC1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 LC1 D150 LC1 F185 LC1 F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630 LC1 F780 LC1 F800 LC1 BL LC1 BM LC1 BP LC1 BR 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 – – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 – – – – 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 – – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 4 4 4 5 5 10 10 – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 160 180 250 300 350 500 700 1000 700 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 240 240 280 310 350 550 850 1000 850 700 1100 1750 2400 – – 65 100 – 200 – 240 240 280 310 350 550 850 1000 850 700 1100 1750 2400 1 1.5 1.5 1 1 3 3 – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400 4 4 4 5 5 200 200 140 160 220 280 310 480 680 900 680 700 1100 1750 2400 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 160 180 250 300 350 500 700 1000 700 700 1100 1750 2400 – – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 3 3 3 5 5 200 200 140 160 220 280 310 480 680 900 680 700 1100 1750 2400 – – 65 100 – 200 – 240 260 300 360 430 580 850 1300 850 700 1100 1750 2400 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400 – – – – – 200 – 140 160 220 280 310 480 680 800 680 700 1100 1750 2400 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 700 1100 1750 2400 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187
  • 17. 138 Selection� 5 Selection according to required electrical durability, use in categories DC-1 to DC-5 The criteria for contactor selection are: the rated operational current Ie, the rated operational voltage Ue, the utilisation category and the time constant L/R, the required electrical durability. b b b b Maximum operating rate (operating cycles) The following limits must not be exceeded: 120 operating cycles/hour at rated operational current Ie. Electrical durability Example Series wound motor - P = 1.5 kW - Ue = 200 V - Ie = 7.5 A. Utilisation: reversing, inching. Utilisation category = DC-5. Select contactor LC1 D09 with 3 poles in series. The power broken is: Pc total = 2.5 x 200 x 7.5 = 3.75 kW. The power broken per pole is: 1.25 kW. The electrical durability read from the curve is u 3 millions of operating cycles. b b b b b Use of poles in parallel Electrical durability can be increased by using poles connected in parallel. With N poles connected in parallel, the electrical durability becomes: electrical durability read from the curves x N x 0.7. Note: 1 When the poles are connected in parallel, the maximum operational currents indicated on pages 136 et 137 must not be exceeded. Note: 2 Ensure that the connections are made in such a way as to equalise the currents in each pole. 0,01 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 1 2 4 6 8 10 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 1 0,8 0,9 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 10 16 14 20 30 24 32 36 40 50 60 70 90 80 100 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32, LC1 D38 LC1 D40A, DT60A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A, DT80A LC1, LP1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115, D150 Millions of operating cycles Power broken per pole in kW 0,01 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 1 2 4 6 8 10 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 1 0,8 0,9 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 10 16 14 20 30 24 32 36 40 50 60 70 90 80 100 LC1 D09 LC1 D12 LC1 D18 LC1 D25 LC1 D32, LC1 D38 LC1 D40A, DT60A LC1 D50A LC1 D65A, DT80A LC1, LP1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115, D150 Millions of operating cycles Power broken per pole in kW Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187 TeSys contactors� 5 For utilisation categories DC-1 to DC-5
  • 18. 139 Selection (continued)� 5 Selection according to required electrical durability, use in categories DC-1 to DC-5 Determining the electrical durability The electrical durability can be read directly from the curves below, having previously calculated the power broken as follows: . P broken = U broken x l broken.. The tables below give the values of Uc and Ic for the various utilisation categories. Power broken Utilisation categories U broken I broken P broken DC-1 Non inductive or slightly inductive loads Ue Ie Ue x Ie DC-2 Shunt wound motors, breaking whilst motor running 0.1 Ue Ie 0.1 Ue x Ie DC-3 Shunt wound motors, reversing, inching Ue 2.5 Ie Ue x 2.5 Ie DC-4 Series wound motors, breaking whilst motor running 0.3 Ue Ie 0.3 Ue x Ie DC-5 Series wound motors, reversing, inching Ue 2.5 Ie Ue x 2.5 Ie Example Series wound motor: P = 40 kW - Ue = 200 V - Ie = 200 A. Utilisation: reversing, inching. Utilisation category = DC-5. Select contactor LC1 F265 with 2 poles in series. The power broken is: Pc total = 2.5 x 200 x 200 = 100 kW. The power broken per pole is 50 kW. The electrical durability read from the curve is 500 000 operating cycles. b b b b 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 100 90 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 800 900 2000 4000 3000 5000 LC1 F185, F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630, F800 LC1 F780 LC1 BL, BM LC1 BP LC1 BR 0,01 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 1 2 4 6 8 10 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 Millions of operating cycles Power broken per pole in kW 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 100 90 200 300 400 500 600 700 1000 800 900 2000 4000 3000 5000 LC1 F185, F225 LC1 F265 LC1 F330 LC1 F400 LC1 F500 LC1 F630, F800 LC1 F780 LC1 BL, BM LC1 BP LC1 BR 0,01 0,02 0,04 0,06 0,08 1 2 4 6 8 10 0,1 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 Millions of operating cycles Power broken per pole in kW Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions, schemes: pages 182 to 187 TeSys contactors� 5 For utilisation categories DC-1 to DC-5
  • 19. 140 Contactor type LC1 D09…D18 DT20 and DT25 D25…D38 DT32 and DT40 D40A…D65A DT60A and DT80A D80…D95 D115 and D150 Environment Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 60947-4-1, overvoltage category III, . degree of pollution: 3 V 690 1000 Conforming to UL, CSA V 600 Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Conforming to IEC 60947 kV 6 8 Conforming to standards IEC/EN 60947-4-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22.2 n°14. Product certifications UL, CSA (1), CCC, GOST GL, DNV, RINA, BV, LROS (pending for contactors LC1 D40A to D65A) Degree of protection (2) (front face only) Conforming to VDE 0106 . and IEC 60529 Power circuit connections Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X Coil connection Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068-2-30 “TH” Ambient air temperature around the device Storage °C - 60…+ 80 Operation °C - 5…+ 60 Permissible °C - 40…+ 70, for operation at Uc Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 3000 Operating positions (3) Without derating . in the following positions a/c a c 9 0 ° 90 ° 180 ° 180 ° Positions that are . not permissible For c contactors LC1 D09 to LC1 D65A. Flame resistance Conforming to UL 94 V1 Conforming to IEC 60695-2-1 °C 850 Shock resistance (4) 1/2 sine wave = 11 ms Contactor open 10 gn 8 gn 10 gn 8 gn 6 gn Contactor closed 15 gn 15 gn 15 gn 10 gn 15 gn Vibration resistance (4) 5…300 Hz Contactor open 2 gn Contactor closed 4 gn 4 gn 4 gn 3 gn 4 gn (1) Contactor LC1 D95 with d.c. coil is not UL/CSA certified. (2) Protection provided for the cabling c.s.a.'s indicated on the next page and for connection by cable. (3) When mounting on a vertical rail, use a stop. (4) Without modifying the contact states, in the most unfavourable direction (coil energised at Ue). Characteristics TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors
  • 20. 141 Contactor type LC1 D09 and D12 DT20 and DT25 D18 (3P) D25 (3P) D32 D38 D18 and D25 (4P) DT32 and DT40 D40A to D65A DT60A and DT80A (1) D80 and D95 D115 and D150 Power circuit connections Screw clamp terminal connections Tightening Screw clamp terminals Connector 2 inputs Screw clamp terminals Connector 1 input Connector 2 inputs Flexible cable without cable end 1 conductor mm2 1…4 1.5…6 2.5…10 2.5…10 1…35 4…50 10…120 2 conductors mm2 1…4 1.5…6 2.5…10 2.5…10 1…25 and 1…35 4…25 10…120 + 10…50 Flexible cable with cable end 1 conductor mm2 1…4 1…6 1…10 2.5…10 1…35 4…50 10…120 2 conductors mm2 1…2.5 1…4 1.5…6 2.5…10 1…25 and 1…35 4…16 10…120 + 10…50 Solid cable without cable end 1 conductor mm2 1…4 1.5…6 1.5…10 2.5…16 1…35 4…50 10…120 2 conductors mm2 1…4 1.5…6 2.5…10 2.5…16 1…25 and 1…35 4…25 10…120 + 10…50 Screwdriver Philips N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 – – – Flat screwdriver Ø Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 – Ø 6…Ø 8 – Hexagonal key – – – – 4 4 4 Tightening torque N.m 1.7 1.7 2.5 1.8 5: y 25 mm2 8: 35 mm2 9 12 Spring terminal connections (2) Flexible cable without cable end 1 conductor mm2 2.5 (4: DT25) 4 4 4 – 10 – – 2 conductors mm2 2.5 (except DT25) 4 4 4 – – – – Connection by bars or lugs Bar c.s.a. – – – – – – 3 x 16 5 x 25 Lug external Ø mm 8 8 10 10 8 16.5 17 25 Ø of screw mm M3.5 M3.5 M4 M4 M3.5 M6 M6 M8 Screwdriver Philips N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 – – – Flat screwdriver Ø Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 – Ø 8 – Key for hexagonal headed screw – – – – – 10 10 13 Tightening torque N.m 1.7 1.7 2.5 2.5 1.8 6 9 12 Control circuit connections Connection by cable (tightening via screw clamps) Flexible cable without cable end 1 conductor mm2 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…2.5 2 conductors mm2 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…2.5 Flexible cable with cable end 1 conductor mm2 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…2.5 1…2.5 2 conductors mm2 1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5 1…2.5 Solid cable without cable end 1 conductor mm2 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…2.5 2 conductors mm2 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…4 1…2.5 Screwdriver Philips N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 Flat screwdriver Ø Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Tightening torque N.m 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.2 1.2 Spring terminal connections (2) Flexible cable without cable end 1 conductor mm2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 – 2.5 0.75…2.5 – – 2 conductors mm2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 – 2.5 0.75…2.5 – – Connection by bars or lugs Lug external Ø mm 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Ø of screw mm M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 Screwdriver Philips N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 Flat screwdriver Ø Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Ø 6 Tightening torque N.m 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.2 1.2 (1) BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be used (reference LAD ALLEN4, see page 175). (2) If cable ends are used, choose the next size down (example: for 2.5 mm2 , use 1.5 mm2 ) and square crimp the cable ends using a special tool. Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors
  • 21. 142 Contactor type LC1 D09 (3P) DT20 D098 D12 (3P) DT25 D128 D18 (3P) DT32 D188 D25 (3P) DT40 D258 Pole characteristics Rated operational current (Ie) (Ue y 440 V) In AC-3, q y 60 °C A 9 12 18 25 In AC-1, q y 60 °C A 25 (1) 20 25 (1) 25 32 (1) 32 40 (1) 40 Rated operational voltage (Ue) Up to V 690 690 690 690 Frequency limits Of the operational current Hz 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 Conventional thermal current (Ith) q y 60 °C A 25 (1) 20 25 (1) 25 32 (1) 32 40 (1) 40 Rated making capacity (440 V) Conforming to IEC 60947 A 250 250 300 450 Rated breaking capacity (440 V) Conforming to IEC 60947 A 250 250 300 450 Permissible short time rating No current flowing for preceding 15 minutes with q y 40 °C For 1 s A 210 210 240 380 For 10 s A 105 105 145 240 For 1 min A 61 61 84 120 For 10 min A 30 30 40 50 Fuse protection against short-circuits . (U y 690 V) Without thermal overload relay, . gG fuse type 1 A 25 40 50 63 type 2 A 20 25 35 40 With thermal overload relay A See pages 208 to 211, for aM or gG fuse ratings corresponding to the associated thermal overload relay Average impedance per pole At Ith and 50 Hz mW 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 Power dissipation per pole for the above operational currents AC-3 W 0.20 0.36 0.8 1.25 AC-1 W 1.56 1.56 2.5 3.2 Control circuit characteristics, a.c. supply Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) 50/60 Hz V 12…690 Control voltage limits 50 or 60 Hz coils Operation – Drop-out – 50/60 Hz coils Operation 0.8…1.1 Uc on 50 Hz and 0.85…1.1 Uc on 60 Hz at 60 °C Drop-out 0.3…0.6 Uc at 60 °C Average consumption at 20 °C and at Uc a 50 Hz Inrush 50 Hz coil VA – Cos j 0.75 50/60 Hz coil VA 70 Sealed 50 Hz coil VA – Cos j 0.3 50/60 Hz coil VA 7 a 60 Hz Inrush 60 Hz coil VA – Cos j 0.75 50/60 Hz coil VA 70 Sealed 60 Hz coil VA – Cos j 0.3 50/60 Hz coil VA 7.5 Heat dissipation 50/60 Hz W 2…3 Operating time (2) Closing C ms 12…22 Opening O ms 4…19 Mechanical durability in millions of operating cycles 50 or 60 Hz coil – 50/60 Hz coil on 50 Hz 15 Maximum operating rate at ambient temperature y 60 °C In operating cycles per hour 3600 (1) Versions with spring terminal connections: 16 A for LC1 D093 and LC1 D123 (20 A possible with 2 x 2.5 mm2 in parallel), 25 A for LC1 D183 to LC1 D323 (32 A possible for LC1 D183 connected with 2 x 4 mm2 cables in parallel; 40 A possible for LC1 D253 and LC1 D323 connected with 2 x 4 mm2 in parallel). (2) The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to closure of the main poles. The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate. Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors Selection : pages 126 to 257 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions: pages 182 to 185 Schemes: pages 186 and 187
  • 22. 143 D32 D38 D40A DT60A D50A D65A DT80A D80 D95 D115 D150 32 38 40 – 50 65 – 80 95 115 150 50 (1) 50 60 60 80 80 80 125 125 200 200 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 1000 1000 1000 1000 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 25…400 50 50 60 60 80 80 80 125 125 200 200 550 550 800 800 900 1000 1000 1100 1100 1260 1660 550 550 800 800 900 1000 1000 1100 1100 1100 1400 430 430 720 720 810 900 900 990 1100 1100 1400 260 310 320 320 400 520 520 640 800 950 1200 138 150 165 165 208 260 260 320 400 550 580 60 60 72 72 84 110 110 135 135 250 250 63 63 80 80 100 125 125 200 200 250 315 63. 63 80 80 100 125 125 160 160 200 250 See pages 208 to 211 for aM or gG fuse ratings corresponding to the associated thermal overload relay 2 2 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.6 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.6 2 3 2.4 – 3.7 6.3 – 5.1 7.2 7.9 13.5 5 5 5.4 5.8 9.6 9.6 10.2 12.5 12.5 24 24 12…690 12…690 24…500 – – 0.85…1.1 Uc at 55 °C – – 0.3…0.6 Uc at 55 °C 0.3…0.5 Uc at 55 °C 0.8…1.1 Uc on 50 Hz and. 0.85…1.1 Uc on 60 Hz . at 60 °C 0.8…1.1 Uc on 50 Hz and 0.85…1.1 Uc on 60 Hz at 60 °C 0.8…1.1 Uc on 50 Hz and 0.85…1.1 Uc on 60 Hz . at 55 °C 0.8…1.15 Uc on 50/60 Hz at 55 °C 0.3…0.6 Uc at 60 °C 0.3…0.6 Uc at 60 °C 0.3…0.6 Uc at 55 °C 0.3…0.5 Uc at 55 °C – – 200 300 – 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.8 0.9 70 160 245 280…350 280…350 – – 20 22 – 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.9 7 15 26 2…18 2…18 – – 220 300 – 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.8 0.9 70 140 245 280…350 280…350 – – 22 22 – 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.9 7.5 13 26 2…18 2…18 2…3 4…5 6…10 3…8 3…4.5 12…22 12…26 12…26 12…26 12…26 12…26 20…35 20…35 20…50 20…35 4…19 4…19 4…19 4…19 4…19 4…19 6…20 6…20 6…20 40…75 – – – – – – 10 10 8 – 15 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 8 8 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 2400 1200
  • 23. 144 Contactor type LC1 D09…D38 LC1 DT20…DT40 LC1D40A…D65A LC1DT60andDT80 LC1 or LP1 D80 LC1 D95 LC1 D115 and LC1 D150 d.c. control circuit characteristics Rated control circuit�������� ������� voltage (Uc) c V 12…440 12…440 24…440 Rated insulation voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-1 V 690 Conforming to UL, CSA V 600 Control voltage limits Operation Standard coil 0.7…1.25 Uc at 60 °C 0.75…1.25 Uc at 60 °C 0.85…1.1 Uc at 55 °C 0.75…1.2 Uc at 55 °C Wide range coil – – 0.75…1.2 Uc at 55 °C – Drop-out 0.1…0.25 Uc at 60 °C 0.1…0.3 Uc. at 60 °C 0.1…0.3 Uc . at 55 °C 0.15…0.4 Uc at 55 °C Average consumption at 20 °C and at Uc c Inrush W 5.4 19 22 270…365 Sealed W 5.4 7.4 22 2.4…5.1 Operating time (1) average at Uc Closing C ms 63 ± 15 % 50 ± 15% 95…130 20…35 Opening “O” ms 20 ± 20 % 20 ± 20% 20…35 40…75 Note: The arcing time depends on the circuit switched by the poles. For all normal 3-phase applications, the arcing time is less than 10 ms. The load is isolated from the supply after a time equal to the sum of the opening time and the arcing time. Time constant (L/R) ms 28 34 75 25 Mechanical durability at Uc In millions of operating cycles 30 10 10 8 Maximum operating rate at ambient temperature y 60 °C In operating cycles per hour 3600 3600 3600 1200 Low consumption control circuit characteristics Rated insulation voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-1 V 690 – Conforming to UL, CSA V 600 – Maximum voltage Of the control circuit on c V 250 – Average consumption d.c. at 20 °C and at Uc Wide range coil (0.7…1.25 Uc) Inrush W 2.4 – Sealed W 2.4 – Operating time (1) at Uc and at 20 °C Closing C ms 77 ± 15 % – Opening “O” ms 25 ± 20 % – Voltage limits (q y 60 °C) of the control circuit Operation 0.8 to 1.25 Uc – Drop-out 0.1…0.3 Uc – Time constant (L/R) ms 40 – Mechanical durability In millions of operating cycles 30 – Maximum operating rate at ambient temperature y 60 °C In operating cycles per hour 3600 – (1) The operating times depend on the type of contactor electromagnet and its control mode. The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles. The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors Selection : pages 126 to 139 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions: pages 182 to 185 Schemes: pages 186 and 187
  • 24. 145 Characteristics of auxiliary contacts incorporated in the contactor Mechanically linked contacts Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Each contactor has 2 N/O and N/C contacts mechanically linked on the same movable contact holder Mirror contact Conforming to IEC 60947-4-1 The N/C contact on each contactor represents the state of the power contacts and can be connected to a PREVENTA safety module Rated operational voltage (Ue) Up to V 690 Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 60947-1 V 690 Conforming to UL, CSA V 600 Conventional thermal current (Ith) For ambient temperature y 60 °C A 10 Frequency of the operational current Hz 25…400 Minimum switching capacity l = 10–8 U min V 17 I min mA 5 Short-circuit protection Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 gG fuse: 10 A Rated making capacity Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1, I rms A a: 140, c: 250 Short-time rating Permissible for 1 s A 100 500 ms A 120 100 ms A 140 Insulation resistance MW 10 Non-overlap time Guaranteed between . N/C and N/O contacts ms 1.5 (on energisation and on de-energisation) Operational power of contacts conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 a.c. supply, categories AC-14 and AC-15 Electrical durability (valid for up to 3600 operating cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet: making current (cos j 0.7) = 10 times the power broken (cos j 0.4). d.c. supply, category DC-13 Electrical durability (valid for up to 1200 operating cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, without economy resistor, the time constant increasing with the load. V 24 48 115 230 400 440 600 V 24 48 125 250 440 1 million operating cycles VA 60 120 280 560 960 1050 1440 W 96 76 76 76 44 3 million operating cycles VA 16 32 80 160 280 300 420 W 48 38 38 32 – 10 million operating cycles VA 4 8 20 40 70 80 100 W 14 12 12 – – AC-15 DC-13 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,5 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 Millions of oprating cycles Current broken in A 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,5 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 2 3 4 6 8 10 440 V 48 V 250 V 125 V 24 V Current broken in A Millions of oprating cycles Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors Selection : pages 126 to 139 References: pages 152 to 157 Dimensions: pages 182 to 185 Schemes: pages 186 and 187
  • 25. 146 Contact block type LAD N or LAD C LAD T and LAD S LAD R LAD 8 Environment Conforming to standards IEC 60947-5-1, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660, BS 4794, EN 60947-5-1 Product certifications UL, CSA Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068 “TH” Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X Ambient air temperature around the device Storage °C - 60…+ 80 Operation °C - 5…+ 60 Permissible for operation at Uc °C - 40…+ 70 Maximum operating altitude Without derating m 3000 Connection by cable Phillips N° 2 and Ø 6 mm Flexible or solid cable . with or without cable end mm2 Min: 1 x 1; max: 2 x 2.5 Spring terminal connections Flexible or solid cable . without cable end mm2 Max: 2 x 2.5 Instantaneous and time delay contact characteristics Number of contacts 1, 2 or 4 2 2 2 Rated operational voltage (Ue) Up to V 690 Rated insulation voltage . (Ui) Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 V 690 Conforming to UL, CSA V 600 Conventional thermal current (Ith) For ambient temperature . y 60 °C A 10 Frequency of the operational current Hz 25…400 Minimum switching capacity U min V 17 I min mA 5 Short-circuit protection Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 and VDE 0660. gG fuse A 10 Rated making capacity Conforming to . IEC 60947-5-1 I rms A a: 140; c: 250 Short-time rating Permissible for 1 s A 100 500 ms A 120 100 ms A 140 Insulation resistance MW 10 Non-overlap time Guaranteed between . N/C and N/O contacts ms 1.5 (on energisation and on de-energisation) Overlap time Guaranteed between N/C and N/O contacts on LAD C22 ms 1.5 – – – Time delay (LADT, R and S contact blocks) Accuracy only valid for . setting range indicated . on the front face Ambient air temperature. for operation °C – - 40…+ 70 - 40…+ 70 – Repeat accuracy – ± 2 % ± 2 % – Drift up to 0.5 million . operating cycles – + 15 % + 15 % – Drift depending on . ambient air temperature – 0.25 % per °C 0.25 % per °C – Mechanical durability In millions of operating cycles 30 5 5 30 Operational power of contacts See page 148 Characteristics TeSys contactors Auxiliary contact blocks without dust and damp protected contacts for TeSys D contactors References : pages 169 and 170 Dimensions : pages 182 and 183 Schemes : pages 186 and 187
  • 26. 147 Contact block type LA1 DX LA1 DZ LA1 DY Protected Non protected Environment Conforming to standards IEC60947-5-1, VDE0660 Product certifications UL, CSA Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068 “TH” Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X Ambient air temperature Storage and operation °C - 25…+ 70 Cabling Phillips N° 2 and Ø 6 mm Flexible or solid conductor . with or without cable end mm2 Min: 1 x 1; max: 2 x 2.5 Number of contacts 2 2 2 2 Contact characteristics Rated operational voltage (Ue) Up to V 50 50 690 24 Rated insulation voltage . (Ui) Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 V 250 250 690 250 Conforming to UL, CSA V – – 600 – Conventional thermal current (Ith) For ambient temperature. y 40 °C A – – 10 – Maximum operational current (Ie) mA 500 500 – 50 Frequency of the operational current Hz – – 25…400 – Minimum switching capacity U min V 3 3 3 3 I min mA 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Short-circuit protection Conforming to IEC 609475-1 gG fuse A – – 10 – Rated making capacity Conforming to . IEC 609475-1 I rms A – – a:140; c: 250 – Short-time rating Permissible for 1 s A – – 100 – 500 ms A – – 120 – 100 ms A – – 140 – Insulation resistance MW 10 10 10 10 Mechanical durability In millions of operating cycles 5 5 30 5 Materials and technology used for dust and damp protected contacts Silver - Single������� ������ break Silver - Single������� ������ break – Gold - Single break with������������� ������������ crossed bars Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors Auxiliary contact blocks with dust and damp protected contacts for TeSys D contactors References : page 169 Dimensions : pages 182 and 183 Schemes : pages 186 and 187
  • 27. 148 Rated operational power of contacts (conforming to IEC 60947-5-1) a.c. supply, categories AC-14 and AC-15 Electrical durability (valid for up to 3600 operating cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet: . making current (cos j 0.7) = 10 times the power broken (cos j 0.4). V 24 48 115 230 400 440 600 1 million operating cycles VA 60 120 280 560 960 1050 1440 3 million operating cycles VA 16 32 80 160 280 300 420 10 million operating cycles VA 4 8 20 40 70 80 100 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,5 0,8 0,7 7 1 2 3 5 4 6 8 10 Current broken in A Millions of oprating cycles d.c. supply, category DC-13 Electrical durability (valid for up to 1200 operating cycles/hour) on an inductive load such as the coil of an electromagnet, without economy resistor, the time constant increasing with the load. V 24 48 125 250 440 1 million operating cycles W 120 90 75 68 61 3 million operating cycles W 70 50 38 33 28 10 million operating cycles W 25 18 14 12 10 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,6 0,5 0,8 0,7 7 1 2 3 5 4 6 8 10 440 V 48 V 250 V 125 V 24 V Current broken����� in A Millions of operating cycles Characteristics (continued) TeSys contactors Auxiliary contact blocks with dust and damp protected contacts for TeSys D contactors References : pages 169 and 170 Dimensions : pages 182 and 183 Schemes : pages 186 and 187
  • 28. 149 Environment Conforming to standards IEC 60947-5-1 Product certifications UL, CSA Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068 “TH” Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X Ambient air temperature around the device Storage °C – 40…+ 80 Operation °C – 25…+ 55 Permissible for operation at Uc °C – 25…+ 70 Suppressor modules Module type LA4 DA, LAD 4RC, LAD 4RC3 LA4 DB, LAD 4T, LAD 4T3 LA4 DC, LAD 4D3 LA4 DE, LAD 4V, LAD 4V3 Type of protection RC circuit Bidirectional . peak limiting diode Diode Varistor Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) V a 24…415 a or c 24…440 c 12…250 a or c 24…250 Maximum peak voltage 3 Uc 2 Uc Uc 2 Uc Natural RC frequency 24/48 V Hz 400 – – – 50/127 V Hz 200 – – – 110/240 V Hz 100 – – – 380/415 V Hz 150 – – – Mechanical latch blocks (1) Mechanical latch block type LAD 6K10 LA6 DK20 For use on contactor LC1 D09…D65A DT20…DT80A LC1 D80…D150 LP1 D80 and LC1 D115 Product certifications UL, CSA UL, CSA Rated insulation voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 V 690 690 Rated control circuit voltage a 50/60 Hz and c V 24…415 24…415 Power required For unlatching a VA 25 25 c W 30 30 Maximum operating rate In operating cycles/hour 1200 1200 On-load factor 10 % 10 % Mechanical durability at Uc In millions of operating cycles 0.5 0.5 (1) Unlatching can be manually operated or electrically controlled (pulsed). The LA6 DK or LAD 6K latch coil and the LC1 D operating coil must not be energised simultaneously. The duration of the LA6 DK or LAD 6K and LC1 D control signals must be u 100 ms. Characteristics TeSys contactors Control modules, coil suppressor modules and mechanical latch blocks for TeSys D contactors References : pages 170 to 175 Dimensions : pages 182 and 183 Schemes : pages 186 and 187
  • 29. 150 Module type LA4 DT (On-delay) Environment Conforming to standards IEC 60255-5 Product certifications UL, CSA Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068 “TH” Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X Ambient air temperature around the device Storage °C – 40…+ 80 Operation °C – 25…+ 55 For operation at Uc °C – 25…+ 70 Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Conforming to IEC 60947-1 V 250 Cabling Phillips n° 2 and Ø 6 mm Flexible or solid conductor . with or without cable end mm2 Min: 1 x 1; max: 2 x 2.5 Control circuit characteristics Built-in protection Of the input By varistor Contactor coil suppression By varistor Rated control circuit voltage (Uc) V a or c : 24…250 Permissible variation 0.8…1.1 Uc Type of control By mechanical contact only Timing characteristics Timing ranges s 0.1…2; 1.5…30; 25…500 Repeat accuracy 0…40 °C ± 3 % (10 ms minimum) Reset time During time delay period ms 150 After time delay period ms 50 Immunity to microbreaks During time delay period ms 10 After time delay period ms 2 Minimum control pulse duration ms – Time delay signalling By LED Illuminates during time delay period Switching characteristics (solid state type) Maximum power dissipated W 2 Leakage current mA 5 Residual voltage V 3.3 Overvoltage protection 3 kV; 0.5 joule Electrical durability In millions of operating cycles 30 Function diagram Electronic on-delay timer LA4 DT 0 1 0 1 t U supply (A1-A2) Time delay output Contactor coil Red LED Characteristics TeSys contactors Electronic serial timer module . for TeSys D contactors References : page 173 Dimensions : pages 182 and 183 Schemes : page 187
  • 30. 151 Environment Conforming to standards IEC 60255-5 Product certifications UL, CSA Protective treatment Conforming to IEC 60068 “TH” Degree of protection Conforming to VDE 0106 Protection against direct finger contact IP 2X Ambient air temperature around the device Storage °C – 40…+ 80 Operation °C – 25…+ 55 Permissible for operation at Uc °C – 25…+ 70 Other characteristics Module type LA4 DFB With relay LA4 DWB Solid state Conventional thermal current (Ith) For ambient temperature y 50 °C A 8 Rated insulation voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 V 250 Rated operational voltage Conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 V 250 Indication of input state By integral LED which illuminates when the contactor coil is energised Input signals Control voltage (E1-E2) V c 24 c 24 Permissible variation V 17…30 5…30 Current consumption at 20 °C mA 25 8.5 for 5 V 15 for 24 V State “0” guaranteed for U V 2.4 2.4 I mA 2 2 State “1” guaranteed for U V 17 5 Built-in protection Against reversed polarity By diode By diode Of the input By diode By diode Electrical durability at 220 A/240 V In millions of operating cycles 10 20 Maximum immunity to microbreaks ms 4 1 Power dissipated At 20 °C W 0.6 0.4 Direct mounting on���������� ��������� contactor With coil a 24…250 V LC1 D80…D150 – a 100…250 V – LC1 D80…D115 a 380…415 V – – Mounting with cabling adapter LAD 4BB With coil a 24…250 V LC1 D09…D38, LC1 DT20…DT40 LC1 D09…D38, LC1 DT20…DT40 a 380…415 V – – Mounting with cabling adapter LAD 4BB3 With coil a 24…250 V LC1 D40A…D65A LC1 D40A…D65A a 380…415 V LC1 D40A…D65A LC1 D40A…D65A Total operating time at Uc . (of the contactor) The operating times depend on the type of contactor electromagnet and its control mode. The closing time C is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched on to initial contact of the main poles. The opening time O is measured from the moment the coil supply is switched off to the moment the main poles separate. LC1 D09…D38, LC1 DT20…DT40 LC1 D40A…D65A LC1 D80 and D95 With LA4 DFB C ms 20…30 28…34 28…43 “O” ms 16…24 20…24 18…32 Cabling Phillips N° 2 and Ø 6 mm Flexible or solid cable . with��������������������� �������������������� or without cable end mm2 Min: 1 x 1; max: 2 x 2.5 Characteristics TeSys contactors Interface modules for TeSys D contactors References : page 173 Dimensions : pages 182 and 183 Schemes : page 187
  • 31. 152 3-pole contactors Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz in category AC-3 (q y 60 °C) Rated oper- ational current in AC-3 440 V up to Instan- taneous auxiliary contacts Basic reference, to be completed by adding the control voltage code (2) Weight (3) Fixing (1) 220 V 230 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V 690 V 1000 V kW kW kW kW kW kW kW A kg Connection by screw clamp terminals 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 5.5 – 9 1 1 LC1 D09pp 0.320 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 – 12 1 1 LC1 D12pp 0.325 4 7.5 9 9 10 10 – 18 1 1 LC1 D18pp 0.330 5.5 11 11 11 15 15 – 25 1 1 LC1 D25pp 0.370 7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 – 32 1 1 LC1 D32pp 0.375 9 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 – 38 1 1 LC1 D38pp 0.380 Power connections by EverLink® BTR screw connectors (4) and control by spring terminals 11 18.5 22 22 22 30 – 40 1 1 LC1 D40App (5) 0.850 15 22 25 30 30 33 – 50 1 1 LC1 D50App (5) 0.855 18.5 30 30 30 37 37 – 65 1 1 LC1 D65App (5) 0.860 Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors 22 37 45 45 55 45 45 80 1 1 LC1 D80pp 1.590 25 45 45 45 55 45 45 95 1 1 LC1 D95pp 1.610 30 55 59 59 75 80 65 115 1 1 LC1 D115pp 2.500 40 75 80 80 90 100 75 150 1 1 LC1 D150pp 2.500 Connection by lugs or bars In the references selected above, insert a figure 6 before the voltage code. Example: LC1 D09pp becomes LC1 D096pp. Separate components Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. (1) LC1 D09 to D65A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing. LC1 D80 to D95 a: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing. LC1 D80 to D95 c : clip-on mounting on 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing. LC1 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office): a.c. supply Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500 LC1 D09…D150 (D115 and D150 coils with built-in suppression as standard, by bi-directional peak limiting diode). 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7 LC1 D80…D115 50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5 60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 – d.c. supply Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 LC1 D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.75…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD LC1 D80…D95 U 0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD U 0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW – SW FW – MW – – LC1 D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.75…1.2 Uc – BD – ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD Low consumption Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250 LC1 D09...D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181. (3) The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from LC1 D09 to D38, 0.075 kg from LC1 D40A to D65A and 1 kg for LC1 D80 and D95. (4) BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be used (reference LAD ALLEN4, see page 175). (5) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173). References TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors for motor control . up to 75 kW at 400 V, in category AC-3 For connection by screw clamp terminals and lugs Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions : pages 182 to 185 Schemes : pages 186 and 187 LC1 D09pp 810356 LC1 D25pp 810353 LC1 D65App 106896 LC1 D95pp 810352 LC1 D115pp 105517
  • 32. 153 3-pole contactors Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz in category AC-3 (q y 60 °C) Rated oper- ational current in AC-3 440 V up to Instan- taneous auxiliary contacts Basic reference, to be completed by adding the control voltage code (2) Weight (3) Fixing (1) 220 V 230 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V 690 V 1000 V kW kW kW kW kW kW kW A kg Power and control connections by spring terminals 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 5.5 9 1 1 LC1 D093pp 0.320 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 12 1 1 LC1 D123pp 0.325 4 7.5 9 9 10 10 18 1 1 LC1 D183pp 0.330 5.5 11 11 11 15 15 25 1 1 LC1 D253pp 0.370 7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 32 (4) 1 1 LC1 D323pp 0.375 Power connections by EverLink® BTR screw connectors (5) and control by spring terminals 11 18.5 22 22 22 30 40 1 1 LC1 D40A3pp (6) 0.850 15 22 25 30 30 33 50 1 1 LC1 D50A3pp (6) 0.855 18.5 30 30 30 37 37 65 1 1 LC1 D65A3pp (6) 0.860 Connection by Faston connectors These contactors are fitted with Faston connectors: 2 x 6.35 mm on the power poles and 1 x 6.35 mm on the coil and auxiliary terminals. For contactors LC1 D09 and LC1 D12 only, replace the figure 3 with a 9 in the references selected above. Example: LC1 D093pp becomes LC1 D099pp. Separate components Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. (1) LC1 D09 to D32: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office): a.c. supply Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 LC1 D09…D65A 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 d.c. supply Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 LC1 D09…D65A (coils with built-in suppression as standard, by bi-directional peak limiting diode) U 0.75…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD Low consumption Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250 LC1 D09...D32 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181. (3) The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from LC1 D09 to D32 and 0.075 kg from LC1 D40A to D65A. (4) Must be wired with 2 x 4 mm2 cables in parallel on the upstream side. On the downstream side, outgoing terminal block LAD 331 may be used (Quickfit technology, see page 227). When wired with a single cable, the product is limited to 25 A (11 kW/400 V motors). (5) BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be used (reference LAD ALLEN4, see page 175). (6) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173). References TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors for motor control . up to 30 kW at 400 V, in category AC-3 For connection by spring terminals LC1 D123pp 510671 LC1 D65A3pp 510670 Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions : pages 182 to 185 Schemes : pages 186 and 187
  • 33. 154 3-pole contactors Non inductive loads maximum current (q y 60 °C) utilisation category AC-1 Number of poles Instan- taneous auxiliary contacts Basic reference, to be completed by adding the control voltage code (1) Weight (3) Fixing (2) A kg Connection by screw clamp terminals 25 3 1 1 LC1 D09pp 0.320 or LC1 D12pp 0.325 32 3 1 1 LC1 D18pp 0.330 40 3 1 1 LC1 D25pp 0.370 50 3 1 1 LC1 D32pp 0.375 or LC1 D38pp 0.380 Connection by EverLink® , BTR screw connectors (4) 60 3 1 1 LC1 D40App (7) 0.850 80 3 1 1 LC1 D50App (7) 0.855 or LC1 D65App (5) (7) 0.860 Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors 125 3 1 1 LC1 D80pp 1.590 or LC1 D95pp (5) 1.610 200 3 1 1 LC1 D115pp 2.500 or LC1 D150pp (6) 2.500 3-pole contactors for connection by lugs In the references selected above, insert a figure 6 before the voltage code. Example: LC1 D09pp becomes LC1 D096pp. (1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office): a.c. supply Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500 LC1 D09...D150 (coils D115 and D150 fitted with integral suppression device as standard) 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 – LC1 D80...D150 50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5 60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 – d.c. supply Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 LC1 D09...D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD LC1 or LP1 D80 and D95 U 0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD U 0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW – SW FW – MW – – LC1 D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.75…1.2 Uc – BD – ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD Low consumption Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250 LC1 D09...D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181. (2) LC1 D09 to D65A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing. LC1 D80 and D95 a: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing. LC1 or LP1 D80 to D95 c: clip-on mounting on 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing. LC1 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing. (3) The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from LC1 D09 to D38, 0.075 kg from LC1 D40 to D65 and 1 kg for LC1 D80 and D95. (4) BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be used (reference LAD ALLEN4, see page 175). (5) Selection according to the number of operating cycles, see AC-1 curve, page 130. (6) 32 A with 2 x 4 mm2 cables connected in parallel. (7) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173). LC1 D09pp 810356 LC1 D09pp 810356 LC1 D65App 106896 LC1 D65App 106896 Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions : pages 182 to 185 Schemes : pages 186 and 187 Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions : pages 182 to 185 Schemes : pages 186 and 187 References TeSys contactors TeSys D, 3-pole contactors for control in category AC-1, from 25 to 200 A
  • 34. 155 3-pole contactors for connection by Faston connectors These contactors are fitted with Faston connectors: 2 x 6.35 mm on the power poles and 1 x 6.35 mm on the coil terminals. For contactors LC1 D09 and LC1 D12 only, in the references selected from the previous page, insert a figure 9 before the voltage code. Example: LC1 D09pp becomes LC1 D099pp. 3-pole contactors Non inductive loads maximum current (q y 60 °C) utilisation category AC-1 Number of poles Instan- taneous auxiliary contacts Basic reference, to be completed by adding the control voltage code (1) Weight (3) Fixing (2) A kg Connection by spring terminals 16 3 1 1 LC1 D093pp (4) 0.320 or LC1 D123pp (4) 0.325 25 3 1 1 LC1 D183pp (5) 0.335 or LC1 D253pp (6) 0.325 or LC1 D323pp (6) 0.325 Power connections by EverLink® BTR screw connectors and control by spring terminals 60 3 1 1 LC1 D40A3pp (8) 0.850 80 3 1 1 LC1 D50A3pp (7) (8) 0.855 or LC1 D65A3pp (7) (8) 0.860 Separate components Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. (1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office): a.c. supply Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500 LC1 D09...D150 (coils D115 and D150 fitted with integral suppression device as standard) 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 – LC1 D80...D115 50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5 60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 – d.c. supply Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 LC1 D09...D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD LC1 or LP1 D80 and LC1 D95 U 0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD U 0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW – SW FW – MW – – LC1 D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.75…1.2 Uc – BD – ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD Low consumption Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250 LC1 D09...D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181. (2) LC1 D09 to D65A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing. LC1 D80 and D95 a: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing. LC1 or LP1 D80 and D95 c: clip-on mounting on 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing. LC1 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing. (3) The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from LC1 D09 to D38 and 0.075 kg from LC1 D40A to D65A. (4) 20 A with 2 x 2.5 mm2 cables connected in parallel. (5) 32 A with 2 x 4 mm2 cables connected in parallel. (6) 40 A with 2 x 4 mm2 cables connected in parallel. (7) Selection according to the number of operating cycles, see AC-1 curve, page 130. (8) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173). LC1 D123pp 102862 LC1 D123pp 102862 LC1 D65A3pp 510670 LC1 D65A3pp 510670 Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions : pages 182 to 185 Schemes : pages 186 and 187 Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions : pages 182 to 185 Schemes : pages 186 and 187 References (continued) TeSys contactors TeSys D, 3-pole contactors For control in category AC-1, 25 to 200 A
  • 35. 156 4-pole contactors for connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors Non inductive loads maximum current (q y 60 °C) utilisation category AC-1 Number of poles Instan- taneous auxiliary contacts Basic reference, to be completed by adding the control voltage code (1) Weight (3) Fixing (2) A kg Connection by screw clamp terminals 20 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT20pp 0.365 2 2 1 1 LC1 D098pp 0.365 25 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT25pp 0.365 2 2 1 1 LC1 D128pp 0.365 32 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT32pp 0.425 2 2 1 1 LC1 D188pp 0.425 40 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT40pp 0.425 2 2 1 1 LC1 D258pp 0.425 Connection by EverLink® , BTR screw connectors 60 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT60App 1.090 80 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT80App 1.150 Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors 60 2 2 – – LC1 D40008pp 1.440 or LP1 D40008pp 2.210 80 2 2 – – LC1 D65008pp 1.450 or LP1 D65008pp 2.220 125 4 – – – LC1 D80004pp 1.760 or LP1 D80004pp 2.685 2 2 – – LC1 D80008pp 1.840 or LP1 D80008pp 2.910 200 4 – – – LC1 D115004pp 2.860 4-pole contactors for connection by lugs or bars In the references selected above, insert a figure 6 before the voltage code. Example: LC1 DT20pp becomes LC1 DT206pp. (1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office): a.c. supply Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500 LC1 D09...D150 and LC1 DT20...DT80A (coils D115 and D150 fitted with integral suppression device as standard) 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 – LC1 D80...D115 50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5 60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 – d.c. supply Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 LC1 D09...D65A and LC1 DT20...DT80A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD LC1 or LP1 D80 U 0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD U 0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW – SW FW – MW – – LC1 D115 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.75…1.2 Uc – BD – ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD Low consumption Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250 LC1 D09...D38 and LC1 DT20...DT40 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181. (2) LC1 D09 to D38 and LC1 DT20 to DT80A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing. LC1 D80 a: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing. LC1 or LP1 D80 c: clip-on mounting on 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing. LC1 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing. (3) The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from LC1 D09 to D38, 0.075 kg from LC1 DT60A and D80A and 1 kg for LC1 D80. LC1 DT20pp 565131 LC1 DT20pp 565131 LC1 D65008pp 537728 LC1 D65008pp 537728 LC1 DT80App 106903 LC1 DT80App 106903 Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions : pages 182 to 185 Schemes : pages 186 and 187 Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions : pages 182 to 185 Schemes : pages 186 and 187 References (continued) TeSys contactors TeSys D, 4-pole contactors For control in category AC-1, 25 to 200 A
  • 36. 157 4-pole contactors Non inductive loads maximum current (q y 60 °C) utilisation category AC-1 Number of poles Instan- taneous auxiliary contacts Basic reference, to be completed by adding the voltage code (1) Weight (3) Fixing (2) A kg Connection by spring terminals 20 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT203pp 0.380 2 2 1 1 LC1 D0983pp 0.380 25 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT253pp 0.380 2 2 1 1 LC1 D1283pp 0.380 32 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT323pp 0.425 2 2 1 1 LC1 D1883pp 0.425 40 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT403pp 0.425 2 2 1 1 LC1 D2583pp 0.425 Connection by by EverLink® , BTR screw connectors and control circuit by spring terminals 60 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT60A3pp 1.090 80 4 – 1 1 LC1 DT80A3pp 1.150 Separate components Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. (1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office): a.c. supply Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500 LC1 D09...D25 and LC1 DT20...DT80A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 – d.c. supply Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 LC1 D09...D25 and LC1 DT20...DT80A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD Low consumption Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250 LC1 D09...D25 and LC1 DT20...DT40 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181. (2) LC1 D09 to D38 and LC1 DT20 to DT80A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1DP or screw fixing. (3) The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.160 kg from LC1 D09 to D38, 0.075 kg for LC1 DT60A and DT80A. Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions : pages 182 to 185 Schemes : pages 186 and 187 Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions : pages 182 to 185 Schemes : pages 186 and 187 References (continued) TeSys contactors TeSys D, 4-pole contactors For control in category AC-1, 25 to 200 A
  • 37. 158 Starters for the North American market In recent years, the North American market has started to harmonise UL, CSA and ANCE standards, as well as the industrial installation codes provided by national regulations (NEC for the United States, CEC for Canada and MEC for Mexico). (1) Major improvements, carried out by the Canena (2) are aimed at harmonising product requirements based on IEC (3) standards. However, the North American codes use specific terminology for defining the functions of a starter. These functions can be fulfilled by standard IEC products, accompanied by appropriate certifications. Combination Starters Combination Starters are the most common type of packaged motor starter. They are called Combination because of their structure and their combined functions. The figure opposite shows the four combined functions that constitute a complete motor starter circuit, defined as a “Motor branch circuit” by the NEC (US National Electric Code) in article 430. Standard UL508 currently gives different types of combination starter that meet the requirements of a Motor branch circuit. Type E, called “self-protected combination starter”, covers all these functions and can be controlled manually (thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker) or remotely (starter-controller). Type E starters withstand faults within their declared nominal rating without sustaining damage, after which they can be put back into service. In addition, they can withstand more severe short-circuit and durability performance tests without welding or excessive wear of the contact tips. Type F, called “Combination motor starter”, consists of a type E manual starter (thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker) combined with a contactor. These starters are evaluated by means of basic short-circuit tests, but are not considered as “self-protected”. For this combination, the type E starter must be marked “Combination Motor Controller when used with ...”, followed by the reference of the load side contactor. (1) UL: Underwriters Laboratories, CSA: Canadian Standards Association, ACNE: Association of Standardization and Certification, NEC: National Electric Code, CEC: Canadian Electrical Code, MEC: Mexican Electrical Code. (2) Canena: Council for Harmonization of Electrotechnical Standardization of North America. (3) IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission. Presentation TeSys contactors for the North American market, conforming to UL and CSA M 1 2 3 4 1  Motor Disconnect (Disconnect switch) 2  Motor Branch Circuit Protection . (Short-circuit protection) 3  Motor Controller (Contactor) 4  Motor Overload Protection (Thermal overload relay)
  • 38. 159 Control panels To help users properly coordinate their motor control equipment with their distribution system in the event of a fault, article 409 of the 2005 NEC requires panel builders to list the short-circuit withstand rating of their motor control panels. According to standard UL508A, manufacturers must use the short-circuit withstand value of the lowest rated device as the nominal withstand rating of the panel, unless the devices have been tested together for a higher coordinated rating. The minimum “short-circuit current rating” (SCCR), on motor control components for horsepower ratings of 50 hp or below is 5 000 A. Using a type E or type F combination starter eliminates the coordination problems of using individual components for the “motor branch circuit protection”, “motor controller” and “motor overload protection” functions. The panel builder uses the declared short-circuit current rating for the combination starter. This value is generally higher than 5 000 A. This makes it easier to list the short-circuit current ratings and to check the compatibility of a UL508A motor control panel within a given distribution system. Presentation (continued) TeSys contactors for the North American market, conforming to UL and CSA
  • 39. 160 Group protection Article 430.53 of the NEC allows a single short-circuit protection device to be used for more than one motor circuit if the components used are marked and listed for such use. Components suitable for use in group protection, known as “motor group installations”, can be marked in one of the following two ways: Case n° 1 The contactor and the motor overload relay are both listed as suitable for group installation. An inverse time circuit-breaker can be used as the short-circuit protection device if it is also listed as suitable for group installation. The panel builder must therefore make sure that the short-circuit protection device selected (fuses or inverse time circuit-breaker) does not exceed the value allowed by article 430.40 for the smallest overload relay used in the circuit. Once these conditions have been met, the panel builder can reduce the size of the conductor connecting the short-circuit protection device to the individual motor contactor/overload relay, to one third of the size of the upstream circuit conductor supplying the protection device. The panel builder must limit the length of the motor starter conductor (connecting the short-circuit protection device to the motor contactor/overload relay) to a maximum of 7.6 m (25 feet). Case n° 2 The motor contactor and overload relay are listed as suitable for “tap conductor protection” in group installations. This category allows the panel designer to reduce the size of the conductor connecting the short-circuit protection device to the individual motor contactor/overload relay, to one tenth of the size of the upstream circuit conductor supplying the protection device. The designer must limit the length of this conductor to a maximum of 3.05 m (10 feet). In both cases, the supply circuits must not be less than 125 % of the connected motor FLA (Full Load Amps) rating. For panel builders, using type F combination starters in group installations simplifies group motor considerations. Each starter is a fully coordinated motor branch circuit. The panel builder follows the same NEC requirements for sizing the supply conductors as those required for single motor branch circuits. The size of the supply conductors can be reduced in accordance with the specifications of article 430.28. This allows the same flexibility in conductor sizing as that offered in article 430.53 (D), without a requirement to check the short-circuit protection rating marked on the components and the overload relay limit. A UL508A panel does not need a short-circuit protection device when each motor starter installed is a type F. The upstream short-circuit protection device supplying the starter protects the panel. The panel builder only has to consider the panel/enclosure disconnect requirements specified by the NEC or local codes. Presentation (continued) TeSys contactors for the North American market, conforming to UL and CSA
  • 40. 161 Contactors Standard power ratings of motors 50/60 Hz Size Associated cable type 75 °C-Cu Continuous current Type of contactor required Basic reference, to be completed (1) Single-phase 1 Ø 3-phase 3 Ø 115 V 230 V 240 V 200 V 208 V 230 V 240 V 460 V 480 V 575 V 600 V Fixing, connection (2) HP HP HP HP HP HP A Connection by screw clamp terminals 0.5 1 2 2 5 7.5 00 AWG10 20 LC1 D09pp 1 2 3 3 7.5 10 0 AWG10 25 LC1 D12pp 1 3 5 5 10 15 0 AWG8 32 LC1 D18pp 2 3 5 7.5 15 20 1 AWG6 40 LC1 D25pp 2 5 7.5 10 20 30 1 AWG6 50 LC1 D32pp Power connections by EverLink® BTR screw connectors (4) and control by spring terminals 3 5 10 10 30 30 2 AWG3 60 LC1 D40App 3 7.5 15 15 40 40 2 AWG3 70 LC1 D50App 5 10 20 20 40 50 2 AWG3 80 LC1 D65App Connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors 7.5 15 20 25 60 60 2 AWG2 110 LC1 D80pp 7.5 15 20 25 60 60 2 AWG2 110 LC1 D95pp – – 30 40 75 100 3 AWG2/0 175 LC1 D115pp – – 40 50 100 125 4 AWG3/0 200 LC1 D150pp Applications with High-Fault Short-Circuit ratings For contactors LC1 D40A to LC1 D65A, the High-Fault Short-Circuit ratings are 50 kA at 480 V and 25 kA at 600 V. If these contactors are used, stick the LAD UL1 warning sticker on the enclosure door.. Description Language Sold in lots of Reference Warning sticker English, Spanish, French 10 LAD UL1 Application example For a 15 HP-230 V motor Select a contactor type LC1 D50A. Information: the contactor rating selected corresponds to “size 2”, the associated cable is type AWG3 75 °C-Cu. (1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office): a.c. supply Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500 LC1 D09…D150 (D115 and D150 coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7 LC1 D80…D115 50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5 60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 – d.c. supply Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 LC1 D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD LC1 D80 and D95 U 0.85…1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD U 0.75…1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW – SW FW – MW – – LC1 D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.75…1.2 Uc – BD – ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD Low consumption Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250 LC1 D09…D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.7…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL (2) LC1 D09 to D65A: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 6 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing. LC1 D80 and LC1 D95: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 6 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 6 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing. LC1 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 6 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing. LC1 D09pp 534278 LC1 D09pp 534278 LC1 D25pp 510667 LC1 D25pp 510667 LC1 D65App 106896 LC1 D65App 106896 LC1 D95pp 534280 LC1 D95pp 534280 Reference TeSys contactors for the North American market, conforming to UL and CSA standards, 20 to 200 LC1 D09pp 534278
  • 41. 162 3-pole reversing contactors for connection by screw clamp terminals Pre-wired power connections. Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz in category AC-3 (q y 60 °C) Rated opera- tional current in AC-3 440 V up to Instan- taneous auxiliary contacts per contactor Contactors supplied with coil Basic reference, to be completed by adding the control voltage code (2) Weight (3) Fixing (1) 220 V 230 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V 690 V 1000 V kW kW kW kW kW kW kW A kg With mechanical interlock, without electrical interlocking, for connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 5.5 – 9 1 1 LC2 D09pp (4) 0.687 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 – 12 1 1 LC2 D12pp (4) 0.697 4 7.5 9 9 10 10 – 18 1 1 LC2 D18pp (4) 0.707 5.5 11 11 11 15 15 – 25 1 1 LC2 D25pp (4) 0.787 7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 – 32 1 1 LC2 D32pp (4) 0.797 9 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 – 38 1 1 LC2 D38pp (4) 0.807 11 18.5 22 22 22 30 – 40 1 1 LC2 D40App (5) 1.870 15 22 25 30 30 33 – 50 1 1 LC2 D50App (5) 1.880 18.5 30 30 30 37 37 – 65 1 1 LC2 D65App (5) 1.890 22 37 45 45 55 45 – 80 1 1 LC2 D80pp 3.200 25 45 45 45 55 45 – 95 1 1 LC2 D95pp 3.200 With mechanical interlock and electrical interlocking, for connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors 30 55 59 59 75 80 65 115 1 1 LC2 D115pp 6.350 40 75 80 80 90 100 75 150 1 1 LC2 D150pp 6.400 Connection by lugs or bars For reversing contactors LC2 D09 to LC2 D38, LC2 D115 and LC2 D150, in the references selected above, insert a figure 6 before the voltage code. Example: LC2 D09pp becomes LC2 D096pp. To build a 40 to 65 A reversing contactor, for connection by lugs, order 2 contactors LC1 DppA6 and mechanical interlock LAD 4CM (see page 166). Component parts Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. (1) LC2 D09 to D38: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing. LC2 D40 to D95: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing. LC2 D115 and D150: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages between 16 and 690 V, please consult your Regional Sales Office): a.c. supply Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500 LC2 D09…D150 (D115 and D150 coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)) 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7 LC2 D80…D115 50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5 60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 – d.c.supply Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 LC2 D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.75…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD Low consumption Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250 LC2 D09...D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181. (3) The weights indicated are for contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.330 kg for LC2 D09 to D38, 0.150 kg for LC1 D40A to D65A. (4) For reversing contactors with electrical interlocking pre-wired at the factory, add suffix V to the references selected above. Example: LC2 D09P7 becomes LC2 D09P7V. (5) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173). Note: when assembling a reversing contactor, it is good practice to incorporate a 50 ms time delay. References TeSys contactors TeSys D, 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control . up to 75 kW at 400 V, in category AC-3. Horizontally mounted, pre-assembled Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions, schemes : pages 188 to 191 LC2 D12pp 810369 LC2 D65App 106905 LC2 D115pp 113119
  • 42. 163 References TeSys contactors TeSys D, 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control . up to 15 kW at 400 V, in category AC-3. Horizontally mounted, pre-assembled Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions, schemes : pages 188 to 191 3-pole reversing contactors, for connection by spring terminals Pre-wired power connections. Mechanical interlock without electrical interlocking. Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50-60 Hz in category AC-3 (q y 60 °C) Rated opera- tional current in AC-3 440 V up to Instan- taneous auxiliary contacts per contactor Contactors supplied with coil Basic reference, to be completed by adding the voltage code (2) Weight (3) Fixing (1) 220 V 230 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V 690 V kW kW kW kW kW kW A kg For connection by spring terminals 2.2 4 4 4 5.5 5.5 9 1 1 LC2 D093pp 0.687 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 12 1 1 LC2 D123pp 0.697 4 7.5 9 9 10 10 18 1 1 LC2 D183pp 0.707 5.5 11 11 11 15 15 25 1 1 LC2 D253pp 0.787 7.5 15 15 15 18.5 18.5 32 (4) 1 1 LC2 D323pp 0.797 Power connection by EverLink® , BTR screw connectors (5) and control by spring terminals 11 18.5 22 22 22 30 40 1 1 LC2 D40A3pp (6) 1.870 15 22 25 30 30 33 50 1 1 LC2 D50A3pp (6) 1.880 18.5 30 30 30 37 37 65 1 1 LC2 D65A3pp (6) 1.890 For connection by Faston connectors All power connections are to be made by the customer. These contactors are fitted with Faston connectors: 2 x 6.35 mm on the power poles and 1 x 6.35 mm on the coil terminals. For reversing contactors LC2 D09 and LC2 D12 only, in the references selected above, replace the figure 3 before the voltage code with a figure 9. Example: LC2 D093pp becomes LC2 D099pp. Component parts Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. (1) LC2 D09 to D32: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office): a.c. supply Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500 LC2 D09…D65 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 S7 d.c. supply Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 LC2 D09…D65A (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.75…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD Low consumption Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250 LC2 D09...D32 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181. (3) The weights indicated are for reversing contactors with a.c. control circuit. For d.c. or low consumption control circuit, add 0.330 kg for LC2 D09 to D38, 0.150 kg for LC1 D40A to D65A. (4) Must be wired with 2 x 4 mm2 cables in parallel on the upstream side. On the downstream side, outgoing terminal block LAD 331 may be used (Quickfit technology, see page 227).When wired with a single cable, the product is limited to 25 A (11 kW/400 V motors). (5) BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be used (reference LAD ALLEN4, see page 175). (6) For low consumption kit LA4 DBL (see page 173). LC2 D123pp 565133
  • 43. 164 Pre-assembled. Pre-wired power connections. For connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors LC2 DT20 to LC2 DT40: mechanical interlock without electrical interlocking. LC2 D80004: order separately 2 auxiliary contact blocks LAD Np1 to obtain electrical interlocking between the 2 contactors (see page page 169). For electrical interlocking incorporated in the mechanical interlock, please consult your Regional Sales Office. LC2 D115004: mechanical interlock with integral, pre-wired electrical interlocking. Utilisation category AC-1 Non-inductive loads Maximum rated operational current (q y 60 °C) Instantaneous auxiliary contacts per contactor Contactors supplied with coil Weight Basic reference, to be completed by adding the voltage code (1) Fixing (2) A kg 20 1 1 LC2 DT20pp 0.730 25 1 1 LC2 DT25pp 0.730 32 1 1 LC2 DT32pp 0.850 40 1 1 LC2 DT40pp 0.850 125 – – LC2 D80004pp 3.200 200 – – LC2 D115004pp 7.400 For connection by lugs or bars 20 1 1 LC2 DT206pp 0.730 25 1 1 LC2 DT256pp 0.730 32 1 1 LC2 DT326pp 0.850 40 1 1 LC2 DT406pp 0.850 For customer assembly. For connection by screw clamp terminals or connectors 60 1 1 LC1 DT60App (3) – 80 1 1 LC1 DT80App (3) – For connection by lugs or bars 60 1 1 LC1 DT60A6pp (3) – 80 1 1 LC1 DT80A6pp (3) – Accessories Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. (1) See note (1) on next page. (2) LC2 DT20 to LC2 DT80: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing. LC2 D80: clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or 75 mm 5 rail AM1 DL or screw fixing. LC2 D115: clip-on mounting on 2 x 35 mm 5 rails AM1 DP or screw fixing. (3) For these operational currents, order 2 identical contactors and a mechanical interlock LAD 4CM (see page 166). Note: when assembling changeover contactor pairs, it is good practice to incorporate a 50 ms time delay. References TeSys contactors TeSys D, 4-pole changeover contactor pairs . for control in category AC-1,. 20 to 200 A LC2 DT20pp 537835 Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions, schemes : pages 188 to 191
  • 44. 165 Pre-assembled. Pre-wired power connections. For connection by spring terminals. Utilisation category AC-1 Non-inductive loads Maximum rated operational current (q y 60 °C) Instantaneous auxiliary contacts per contactor Contactors supplied with coil Weight Basic reference, to be completed by adding the control voltage code (1) Fixing (2) A kg 20 1 1 LC2 DT203pp 0.760 For customer assembly. Power connection by EverLink® , BTR screw connectors (3) and control by spring terminals 60 1 1 LC1 DT60A3pp (4) – 80 1 1 LC1 DT80A3pp (4) – Separate components Auxiliary contact blocks and add-on modules: see pages 168 to 175. (1) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office): a.c. supply Volts 24 42 48 110 115 220 230 240 380 400 415 440 500 LC2 DT20…DT40, LC1 DT60…DT80 50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 – LC2 D80004…D115004 50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 M5 P5 U5 Q5 V5 N5 R5 S5 60 Hz B6 – E6 F6 – M6 – U6 Q6 – – R6 – d.c. supply Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440 LC2 DT20…DT40, LC1 DT60…DT80 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.7…1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD Low consumption Volts c 5 12 20 24 48 110 220 250 LC2 DT20...DT40 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard) U 0.8…1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL For other voltages between 5 and 690 V, see pages 176 to 181. (2) Clip-on mounting on 35 mm 5 rail AM1 DP or screw fixing. (3) BTR screws: hexagon socket head. In accordance with local electrical wiring regulations, a size 4 insulated Allen key must be used (reference LAD ALLEN4, see page 175). (4) For these operational currents, order 2 identical contactors and a mechanical interlock LAD 4CM (see page 166). References TeSys contactors TeSys D, 4-pole changeover contactor pairs . for control in category AC-1, 20 A Selection : pages 126 to 139 Characteristics : pages 140 to 151 Dimensions, schemes : pages 188 to 191
  • 45. 166 For 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control Contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors. Horizontally mounted, assembled by customer Description For contactors (1) (2 identical contactors) Reference Weight kg Kits for assembly of reversing contactors Kit comprising: a mechanical interlock LAD 9V2 . with electrical interlocking LAD 9V1. a set of power connections LAD 9V5 (parallel). and LAD 9V6 (reversing) b b LC1 D09 to D38 LAD 9R1V 0.045 Kit comprising: a mechanical interlock LAD 9V2 . without electrical interlocking a set of power connections LAD 9V5 (parallel) . and LAD 9V6 (reversing) b b LC1 D09 to D38 LAD 9R1 0.045 Kit comprising: a mechanical interlock LAD 4CM, a set of power connections LA9 D65A69. b b LC1 D40A to D65A LAD 9R3 0.170 Mechanical interlocks Mechanical interlock with integral electrical interlocking LC1 D80 and D95 (a) LA9 D4002 0.170 LC1 D80 and D95 (c) LA9 D8002 0.170 LC1 D115 and D150 LA9 D11502 0.290 Mechanical interlock without integral electrical interlocking LC1 D09 to D38 LAD 9V2 0.040 LC1 D40A to D65A LAD 4CM 0.040 LC1 D80 and D95 (a) LA9 D50978 0.170 LC1 D80 and D95 (c) LA9 D80978 0.170 Sets of power connections Comprising: a set of parallel bars, a set of reverser bars. b b LC1 D09 to D38 with screw clamp terminals or connectors LAD 9V5 + LAD 9V6 – LC1 D09…D32 with . spring terminal connections LAD 9V12 + LAD 9V13 (2) – LC1 D40A to D65A LA9 D65A69 0.130 LC1 D80 and D95 (a) LA9 D8069 0.490 LC1 D80 and D95 (c) LA9 D8069 0.490 LC1 D115 and D150 LA9 D11569 1.450 For low-speed/high-speed starter Description For contactors with connection type Reference Weight kg Connection kit enabling reversing of low and high speed directions using a reversing contactor and a . 2N/O + 2N/C main pole contactor Screw clamps or connectors LAD 9PVGV 0.016 Power connection module with spring terminal connections LAD 3PVGV 0.034 Outgoing terminal block with spring terminal connections LAD 3PVGV10 0.034 For star-delta starter Description For contactors Reference Weight kg Mounting kit comprising: 1 time delay contact block LAD S2 (LC1 D09…D80), power circuit connections (LC1 D09…D80), hardware required for fixing the contactors . onto the mounting plate (LC1 D80). b b b LC1 D09 and D12 LAD 91217 0.180 LC1 D18 to D32 LAD 93217 0.310 LC1 D40A and D50A LAD 9SD3 0.380 LC1 D80 LA9 D8017 0.680 Equipment mounting plates LC1 D09, D12 and D18 LA9 D12974 0.150 LC1 D32 LA9 D32974 0.180 LC1 D40A and D50A – – LC1 D80 LA9 D80973 0.300 (1) To order the 2 contactors: see pages 154 and 162. (2) To assemble a reversing contactor with spring terminal connections, the following components must be ordered: - 1 mechanical interlock LAD 9V2, - 1 upstream power connection kit and 1 downstream power connection kit.. Upstream power connection kit LAD 9V10: installed in the Quickfit system with power connection module LAD 34. (If module LAD 34 is not used, replace LAD 9V10 with LAD 9V12). Downstream power connection kit LAD 9V11: installed in the Quickfit system with outgoing terminal block LAD 331. (If LAD 331 is not used, replace LAD 9V11 with LAD 9V13). 537729 LAD 9R1 537729 LAD 9R1 LAD 9R3 537730 LAD 9R3 537730 LA9 D8069 537731 LA9 D8069 537731 References TeSys contactors Component parts for assembling . reversing contactors for motor control, . low-speed/high-speed starters and star-delta starters
  • 46. 167 For 4-pole changeover contactor pairs (3-phase distribution + neutral) Contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors. Horizontally mounted, assembled by customer� . Description For contactors (1) (2 identical contactors) Reference Weight kg Kits for assembly of changeover contactor pairs Kit comprising: a mechanical interlock LAD 9V2 with electrical interlocking LAD 9V1, a set of power connections (changeover) LAD 9V7. b b LC1 DT20 to DT40 with screw clamps or connectors LAD T9R1V 0.045 Kit comprising: a mechanical interlock LAD 9V2 without electrical interlocking, a set of power connections (changeover) LAD 9V7. b b LC1 DT20 to DT40 with screw clamps or connectors LAD T9R1 0.045 Mechanical interlocks With integral electrical interlocking LC1 D80004 LA9 D4002 0.170 LP1 D80004 LA9 D8002 0.170 LC1 D115004 LA9 D11502 0.280 Without integral electrical interlocking LC1 DT20 to DT40 with screw clamps or connectors LAD 9V2 (2) 0.040 LC1 DT203 to DT403 with spring terminals LAD 9V2 (2) 0.040 LC1 DT60A and DT80A LAD 4CM 0.040 LC1 D80004 LA9 D50978 0.155 LP1 D80004 LA9 D80978 0.180 Sets of power connections Comprising a set of parallel bars LC1 D60A and D80A LA9 D65A70 r 0.150 LC1 D80004 LA9 D8070 0.280 LP1 D80004 LA9 D8070 0.280 LC1 D115004 LA9 D11570 1.100 LC1 DT203 to DT403 with spring terminals LAD 9V9 0.100 LC1 D80004 LA9 D8070 (2) – LP1 D80004 LA9 D8070 (2) – For 3-pole changeover contactor pairs Contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors. Horizontally mounted, assembled by customer. Description For contactors (1) (2 identical contactors) Reference Weight kg Mechanical interlocks Without integral electrical interlocking LC1 D40A…D65A LAD 9R3S 0.105 With integral electrical interlocking LC1 D115 and D150 LA9 D11502 0.280 Sets of power connections Comprising a set of parallel bars, LC1 D115 and D150 LA9 D11571 0.960 (1) To order the 2 contactors: see pages 154 and 162. (2) Order 2 contact blocks LAD Np1 to build the electrical interlock, see page 169. r Available 3 rd quarter 2009. LA9 D50978 537733 LA9 D50978 537733 LA9 D8070 537735 LA9 D8070 537735 LA9 D6570 537734 LA9 D6570 537734 References TeSys contactors Component parts for assembling changeover contactor pairs 537732 LA9 D4002
  • 47. 168 See page opposite for mounting possibilities according to the contactor type or
  • 48. 169 Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by screw clamp terminals For use in normal operating environments In order to mount an LAD 8N on an LC1 D80 to D95, a set of shims must be ordered separately, see page 175 Clip-on mounting (1) Number of contacts per block Composition Reference Weight kg Front 1 – – – 1 – LAD N10 0.020 – – – – 1 LAD N01 0.020 2 – – – 1 1 LAD N11 0.030 – – – 2 – LAD N20 0.030 – – – – 2 LAD N02 0.030 4 – – – 2 2 LAD N22 0.050 – – – 1 3 LAD N13 0.050 – – – 4 – LAD N40 0.050 – – – – 4 LAD N04 0.050 – – – 3 1 LAD N31 0.050 4 incl. 1 N/O 1 N/C make before break – – – 2 2 LAD C22 0.050 Side 2 – – – 1 1 LAD 8N11 0.030 – – – 2 – LAD 8N20 0.030 – – – – 2 LAD 8N02 0.030 For terminal referencing conforming to EN 50012 Front on 3P contactors and . 4P contactors 20 to 80 A 2 – – – 1 1 LAD N11G 0.030 4 – – – 2 2 LAD N22G 0.050 Front on 4P contactors 125 to 200 A 2 – – – 1 1 LAD N11P 0.030 4 – – – 2 2 LAD N22P 0.050 With dust and damp protected contacts, for use in particularly harsh industrial environments Front 2 – 2 – – – LA1 DX20 0.040 1 1 – – – LA1 DX11 0.040 2 – – – – LA1 DX02 0.040 – 2 2 – – LA1 DY20 (2) 0.040 4 – 2 – 2 – LA1 DZ40 0.050 – 2 – 1 1 LA1 DZ31 0.060 Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by lugs This type of connection is not possible for blocks with 1 contact or blocks with dust and damp protected contacts. For all other instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks, add the figure 6 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD N11 becomes LAD N116. Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by spring terminals This type of connection is not possible for LAD 8, LAD N with 1 contact or blocks with dust and damp protected contacts. For all other contact blocks, add the figure 3 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD N11 becomes LAD N113. Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks for connection by Faston connectors This type of connection is not possible for LAD 8, LAD N with 1 contact or blocks with dust and damp protected contacts. For all other contact blocks, add the figure 9 to the end of the references selected above. . Example: LAD N11 becomes LAD N119. (1���������������������������������������������������������� ) Maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be fitted: Contactors Instantaneous auxiliary contacts Time delay Front mounted Type Number of poles and size Side mounted Front mounted 1 contact 2 contacts 4 contacts a 3P LC1 D09…D38 1 ���������� on LH side and – 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 D40A…D65A 1 ��������������������� on LH or 1 on RH side and – 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 D80 and D95 (50/60 Hz) 1 ������������ on each side or 2 and 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 D80 and D95 (50 or 60 Hz) 1 ������������ on each side and 2 and 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 D115 and D150 1 ���������� on LH side and – 1 or 1 or 1 4P LC1 DT20…DT40 1 ���������� on LH side and – 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 DT60A and DT80A 1 ��������������������� on LH or 1 on RH side and – 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 D40008, D65008 and D80 1 ������������ on each side or 1 or 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 D115 1 ������������ on each side and 1 or 1 or 1 or 1 c 3P LC1 D09…D38 – – 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 D40A…D65A – – 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 D80 and D95 – 1 or 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 D115 and D150 1 ���������� on LH side and – 1 or 1 or 1 4P LC1 DT20…DT40 – – 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 DT60A and DT80A – – 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 D40008, D65008 and D80 – 2 and 1 or 1 or 1 LC1 D115 1 ������������ on each side – and 1 or 1 or 1 BC (3) 3P LC1 D09…D38 – – 1 – – 4P LC1 DT20…DT40 – – 1 – – (���������������������������������������������������������� 2) Device fitted with 4 earth screen continuity terminals. (����������������������� 3) LC: low consumption. References TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks
  • 49. 170 Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by screw clamp terminals Maximum number of auxiliary contact blocks that can be fitted per contactor, see page 169. Sealing cover to be ordered separately, see page 175. LAD T0 and LAD R0: with extended scale from 0.1 to 0.6 s. LAD S2: with switching time of 40 ms ± 15 ms between opening of the N/C contact and closing of the N/O contact. Clip-on mounting Number of contacts Time delay Reference Weight kg Type Setting range Front 1 N/O + 1 N/C On-delay 0.1…3 s LAD T0 0.060 0.1…30 s LAD T2 0.060 10…180 s LAD T4 0.060 1…30 s LAD S2 0.060 Off-delay 0.1…3 s LAD R0 0.060 0.1…30 s LAD R2 0.060 10…180 s LAD R4 0.060 Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by lugs Add the figure 6 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD T0 becomes LAD T06. Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by spring terminals Add the figure 3 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD T0 becomes LAD T03 Time delay auxiliary contact blocks for connection by Faston connectors Add the figure 9 to the end of the references selected above. Example: LAD T0 becomes LAD T09. Mechanical latch blocks (1) Clip-on mounting Unlatching control For use on contactor Basic reference, to be completed by adding the control voltage code (2) Weight kg Front Manual or electric LC1 D09…D38 (a or c) LC1 DT20…DT40 (a or c) LAD 6K10p 0.070 LC1 D40A…D65A (3 P a or c) LC1 DT60A and DT80A (4 P a or c) LAD 6K10p 0.070 LC1 D80…D150 (3 P a) LC1 D80 and D115 (3 P c) LC1 D80 (4 P a) LC1 D80 and D115 (4 P a) LP1 D80 and LC1 D115 (4 P c) LA6 DK20p 0.090 (1) The mechanical latch block must not be powered up at the same time as the contactor. The duration of the control signal for the mechanical latch block and the contactor should be: u 100 ms for a contactor operating on an a.c. supply, u 250 ms for a contactor operating on a d.c. supply. Maximum impulse duration for the LAD 6K10p mechanical latch block: 10 seconds. (2) Standard control circuit voltages (for other voltages, please consult your Regional Sales Office). Volts 50/60 Hz, c 24 32/36 42/48 60/72 100 110/127 220/240 256/277 380/415 Code B C E EN K F M U Q References TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors Time delay auxiliary contact blocks Mechanical latch blocks LAD Tp LAD Tp3 LAD 6K10p Characteristics: pages 146 to 148 Dimensions: pages 182 to 185 Schemes: pages 186 and 187
  • 50. 171 RC circuits (Resistor-Capacitor) Effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to high frequency interference. For use only in cases where the voltage is virtually sinusoidal. i.e. less than 5% total harmonic distortion. Voltage limited to 3 Uc max. and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time). Mounting For use with contactor (1) Reference Weight kg Rating Type V a V c Clip-on side mounting (3) D09…D38 (3P) DT20…DT40 24…48 – LAD 4RCE 0.012 50…127 – LAD 4RCG 0.012 110…250 – LAD 4RCU 0.012 Clip-on front mounting (3) D40A…D65A (3P) DT60A…DT80A (4P) 24…48 – LAD 4RC3E 0.020 50…127 – LAD 4RC3G 0.020 110…240 – LAD 4RC3U 0.020 380…415 – LAD 4RC3N 0.040 Screw fixing (4) D80…D150 (3P) D40…D115 (4P) 24…48 – LA4 DA2E 0.018 50…127 – LA4 DA2G 0.018 110…240 – LA4 DA2U 0.018 380…415 – LA4 DA2N 0.018 Varistors (peak limiting) Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max. Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time). Clip-on side mounting (3) D09…D38 (3P) DT20…DT40 24…48 – LAD 4VE 0.012 50…127 – LAD 4VG 0.012 110…250 – LAD 4VU 0.012 Clip-on front mounting (3) D40A…D65A (3P) DT60A…DT80A (4P) 24…48 24…48 LAD 4V3E 0.020 50…127 50…127 LAD 4V3G 0.020 110…250 110…250 LAD 4V3U 0.020 Screw fixing (4) D80…D115 (3P) D80…D115 (4P) 24…48 – LA4 DE2E 0.018 50…127 – LA4 DE2G 0.018 110…250 – LA4 DE2U 0.018 D80…D95 (3P) D80 (4P) – 24…48 LA4 DE3E 0.018 – 50…127 LA4 DE3G 0.018 – 110…250 LA4 DE3U 0.018 Flywheel diodes No overvoltage or oscillating frequency. Increase in drop-out time (6 to 10 times the normal time). Polarised component. Clip-on side mounting (5) D09…D38 (3P), DT20…DT40 – 24…250 LAD 4DDL 0.012 Clip-on front mounting (5) D40A…D65A (3P), DT60A…DT80A (4P) – 24…250 LAD 4D3U 0.020 Screw fixing (4) D80 and D95 (3P), D40…D80 (4P) – 24…250 LA4 DC3U 0.018 Bidirectional peak limiting diodes Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max. Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks. Clip-on side mounting (3) (5) D09…D38 (3P) DT20…DT40 (4P) (2) 24 – LAD 4TB 0.012 – 24 LAD 4TBDL 0.012 72 – LAD 4TS 0.012 – 72 LAD 4TSDL 0.012 – 125 LAD 4TGDL 0.012 – 250 LAD 4TUDL 0.012 – 600 LAD 4TXDL 0.012 Clip-on front mounting (3) D40A…D65A (3P) DT60A…DT80A (4P) (2) 12…24 12…24 LAD 4T3B 0.020 25…72 25…72 LAD 4T3S 0.020 73…125 73…125 LAD 4T3G 0.020 126…250 126…250 LAD 4T3U 0.020 251…440 251…440 LAD 4T3R 0.020 Screw fixing (4) D80…D95 (3P) D40…D80 (4P) 24 – LA4 DB2B 0.018 72 – LA4 DB2S 0.018 – 24 LA4 DB3B 0.018 – 72 LA4 DB3S 0.018 (1) For satisfactory protection, a suppressor module must be fitted across the coil of each contactor. (2) From D09 to D65A and from LC1 DT20 to DT80A, d.c. and low consumption 3-pole contactors are fitted with a built-in bidirectional peak limiting diode suppressor as standard. This bidirectional peak limiting diode is removable and can therefore be replaced by the user. (See reference above). If a d.c. or low consumption contactor is used without suppression, the standard suppressor should be replaced with a blanking plug (reference LAD 9DL for LC1 D09 to D38 and LC1 DT20 to DT40; reference LAD 9DL3 for LC1 D40A to D65A and LC1 DT60A to DT80A). (3) Clipping-on makes the electrical connection. The overall size of the contactor remains unchanged. (4) Mounting at the top of the contactor on coil terminals A1 and A2. (5) In order to install these accessories, the existing suppression device must first be removed. References TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors Suppressor modules LAD 4pp LAD 4RC3p, LAD 4V3p, LAD 4D3U, LAD 4T3p LA4 Dpp LAD 4DDL or LAD 4TpDL
  • 51. 172 See page opposite for mounting possibilities according to the contactor type
  • 52. 173 Electronic serial timer modules (1) 3-pole contactors LC1 D09 to D38: . mounted using adapter LAD 4BB, to be ordered separately, see below. 3-pole contactors LC1 D40A to D65A: . mounted using adapter LAD 4BB3, to be ordered separately, see below. 3-pole contactors LC1 D80 to D150 and 4-pole contactors LC1 D40 to D115: . mounted directly across terminals A1 and A2 of the contactor. b b b On-delay type Operational voltage a Time delay Reference Weight kg 24…250 V 100…250 V LC1 D09…D65A (3P) LC1 D80…D150 (3P) 0.1…2 s LA4 DT0U 0.040 1.5…30 s LA4 DT2U 0.040 25…500 s LA4 DT4U 0.040 Interface modules 3-pole contactors LC1 D09 to D38: mounted using adapter LAD 4BB, to be ordered separately, see below. 3-pole contactors LC1 D40A to D65A: mounted using adapter LAD4 BB3, to be ordered separately, see below. b b Relay interface Operational voltage a Supply voltage E1-E2 (c) Reference Weight kg 24…250 V LC1 D09…D150 (3P) 24 V LA4 DFB 0.050 Relay interface with AUTO-I manual override switch (output forced “ON”), solid state type Operational voltage a Supply voltage E1-E2 (c) Reference Weight kg 24…250 V 100…250 V LC1 D09…D65A (3P) LC1 D80…D115 (3P) 24 V LA4 DWB 0.045 Low consumption kit For use on contactors Composition Reference Weight kg LC1 D40A…D65A (3P) (2) Kit comprising: a retrofit coil LAD 4BB3. a relay interface module LA4 DFB. b b LA4 DBL 0.077 Retrofit: coil for 3-pole contactor For adapting existing wiring to a new product For use on contactors Reference Weight kg LC1 D09…D38 Without coil suppression LAD 4BB 0.019 With coil suppression a 24…48 V LAD 4BBVE 0.014 a 50…127 V LAD 4BBVG 0.014 a 110…250 V LAD 4BBVU 0.014 LC1 D40A…65A Without coil suppression LAD 4BB3 0.027 (1) For 24 V operation, the contactor must be fitted with a 21 V coil (code Z). See pages 176 to 181. (2) The kit is compatible with a coil voltage of a 24 V to a 250 V (B7 to U7) and c 24 V to c 250 V (BD to UD). References TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors Accessories Characteristics: pages 149 to 151 Dimensions: pages 182 to 185 Schemes: pages 186 and 187
  • 53. 174 Accessories for main pole and control connections Description For use with contactors LC1 Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight kg a c Connectors for cable, size (1 connector) 4-pole 10 mm2 DT20, DT25 DT20, DT25 1 LAD 92560 0.030 3-pole 25 mm2 D09…D38 D09…D38 1 LA9 D3260 0.040 EverLink® terminal block 3-pole D40A…D65A D40A…D65A 1 LAD 96560 0.087 Connectors for cables (2 connectors) 3-pole 120 mm2 D115, D150 D115, D150 1 LA9 D115603 0.560 4-pole 120 mm2 D115 D115 1 LA9 D115604 0.740 Connectors for lug type terminals (2 connectors) 3-pole D1156, D1506 D1156, D1506 1 LA9 D115503 0.300 4-pole D1156 D1156 1 LA9 D115504 0.360 Protective covers for connectors for lug type terminals 3-pole D40A6…D65A6 D40A6…D65A6 1 LAD 96570 0.021 D1156, D1506 D1156, D1506 1 LA9 D115703 (1) 0.250 4-pole D60A6…D80A6 D60A6…D80A6 1 LAD 96580 0.027 D1156, D1506 D1156, D1506 1 LA9 D115704 0.300 IP 20 covers for lug type terminals (for mounting with circuit-breakers GV3 Ppp6 and GV3 Lpp6) 3 poles D40A6…D65A6 D40A6…D65A6 1 LAD 96575 0.010 Links for parallel connection of 2 poles D09…D38 D09…D38 10 LA9 D2561 0.060 DT20, DT25 (4P) DT20, DT25 (4P) 10 LA9 D1261 0.012 DT32, DT40 (4P) DT32, DT40 (4P) 10 LAD 96061 0.060 D40A…D65A D40A…D65A 1 LAD 9P32 0.021 D80, D95 D80 2 LA9 D80961 0.060 3 poles D09…D38 D09…D38 10 LAD 9P3 (2) 0.005 D40A…D65A D40A…D65A 1 LAD 9P33 0.021 D80, D95 D80, D95 1 LA9 D80962 0.080 4 poles DT20, DT25 DT20, DT25 2 LA9 D1263 0.024 D80, D95 D80 2 LA9 D80963 0.100 Staggered coil connection – D80 10 LA9 D09966 0.006 Control circuit take-off from main pole D80, D95 D80, D95 10 LA9 D8067 0.010 D115, D150 D115, D150 10 LA9 D11567 0.014 Spreaders for increasing the pole pitch to 45 mm D115, D150 D115, D150 3 GV7 AC03 0.180 (1) For 3-pole contactors: 1 set of 6 covers, for 4-pole contactors: 1 set of 8 covers. (2) Separate connecting bar for connecting 2 poles in parallel. References (continued) TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors Accessories LA9 D3260 LA9 D11550p LAD 96570 LA9 D11560p LA9 D11570p LA9 D80962 LA9 D11567 Dimensions: pages 182 to 185 Schemes: pages 186 and 187
  • 54. 175 Sets of contacts and arc chambers Description For contactor Reference Weight kg Sets of contacts 3-pole LC1 D115 LA5 D1158031 0.260 LC1 D150 LA5 D150803 0.260 4-pole LC1 D115004 LA5 D115804 0.330 Arc chambers 3-pole LC1 D115 LA5 D11550 0.395 LC1 D150 LA5 D15050 0.395 4-pole LC1 D115004 LA5 D115450 0.470 Power connection accessories Terminal block For supply to one or more GV2 G busbar sets GV1 G09 0.040 Set of 63 A busbars for parallelling of contactors 2 contactors LC1 D09…D18 or D25…D38 GV2 G245 0.036 4 contactors LC1 D09…D18 or D25…D38 GV2 G445 0.077 Set of 115 A busbars for parallelling of contactors 2 contactors LC1 D40A…D65A GV3 G264 0.150 3 contactors LC1 D40A…D65A GV3 G364 (1) 0.250 Set of S-shape busbars For circuit-breakers GV3 Ppp and GV3 Lpp and contactors LC1 D40A…D65A GV3 S 0.111 Protection accessories Description Use Sold in lots of Reference Weight kg Miniature control circuit fuse holder 5 x 20 with 4 A-250 V fuse 1 LA9 D941 0.025 Sealing cover For LAD T, LAD R 1 LA9 D901 0.005 Safety cover preventing access to . the moving contact carrier LC1 D09…D65A and DT20…DT80A 1 LAD 9ET1 0.026 LC1 D80 and D95 1 LAD 9ET3 0.004 LC1 D115 and D150 1 LAD 9ET4 0.004 Marking accessories Description Use Sold in lots of Unit reference Weight kg Sheet of 64 blank legends, self-adhesive, 8 x 33 mm (2) Contactors (except 4P). LC1 D80…D115 , . LAD N (4 contacts), LA6 DK 10 LAD 21 0.020 Sheet of 112 blank legends, self-adhesive, 8 x 12 mm (2) LAD N (2 contacts), . LAD T, LAD R, LRD 10 LAD 22 0.020 Sheet of 64 blank legends for marking using plotter . or 8 x 33 mm engraver Contactors (except 4P). LC1 D80…D115, . LAD (4 contacts), LA6 DK 10 LAD 23 0.050 Sheet of 440 blank legends for marking using plotter . or 8 x 12 mm engraver All products 35 LAD 24 0.200 Marker holder snap-in, 8 x 22 mm 4-pole contactors, . LC1 D80...D115, LA6 DK 100 LA9 D92 0.001 Marker holder snap-in, 8 x 18 mm LC1 D09...D65A, LC1 DT20...DT80A, LAD N (4 contacts), LAD T, LAD R 100 LAD 90 0.001 Bag of 300 blank legends self-adhesive, 7 x 21 mm On holder LA9 D92 1 LA9 D93 0.001 “SIS Label” labelling software supplied on CD-Rom Multi-language version: English, French, German, Italian, Spanish 1 XBY 2U 0.100 Mounting accessories Retrofit plate for screw fixing For replacement of LC1 D40 to D65 with LC1 D40A to D65A 1 LAD 7X3 0.150 Mounting plate For replacement of LC1 F115 or F150 with LC1 D115 or D150 1 LA9 D730 0.360 Set of shims For fitting side mounting blocks . LAD 8N on LC1 D80 and D95 1 LA9 D511 0.020 Size 4 Allen key, insulated, 1000 V For use on contactors . LC1 D40A to LC1 D150 5 LAD ALLEN4 0.026 (1) With this set of busbars, any one contactor can be supplied directly by its EverLink® double cage power terminal block. The other two contactors are supplied by the busbar set. The 115 A limitation is therefore applied to these two contactors. Example: 1 LC1 D65A supplied directly + 1 contactor LC1 D65A and 1 contactor LC1 D50 A supplied via the busbar set = 115  A. This combination is compatible with busbar set GV3 G364. (2) These legends are for sticking onto the safety cover of the contactors or add-on block, if fitted.   References (continued) TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors and reversing contactors Accessories GV2 G245 GV1 G09 LA9 D941 GV3 S LAD 9ETp LAD 7X3
  • 55. 176 References� 5 For a contactors LC1 D09...D38 and LC1 DT20…DT40 Specifications Average consumption at 20 °C: inrush (cos j = 0.75) 70 VA, sealed (cos j ��������������������������������� = 0.3) 50������������������������ ����������������������� Hz: 7 VA, 60 Hz: 7.5 VA Operating range (q y 60 °C): 50 Hz: 0.8…1.1 Uc, 60 Hz: 0.85…1.1 Uc. - - Control circuit voltage Uc Average resistance at 20 °C��������  ������� ±  10  % Inductance of closed circuit Reference (1) Weight V W H kg 50/60 Hz 12 1.33 0.05 LXD 1J7 0.070 21 (2) 4.17 0.17 LXD 1Z7 0.070 24 5.37 0.22 LXD 1B7 0.070 32 10.1 0.39 LXD 1C7 0.070 36 12.8 0.49 LXD 1CC7 0.070 42 17 0.67 LXD 1D7 0.070 48 21.7 0.87 LXD 1E7 0.070 60 34.6 1.4 LXD 1EE7 0.070 100 100.4 3.8 LXD 1K7 0.070 110 124.1 4.6 LXD 1F7 0.070 115 129.8 5 LXD 1FE7 0.070 120 150.6 5.4 LXD 1G7 0.070 127 158.5 6.1 LXD 1FC7 0.070 200 410.7 15 LXD 1L7 0.070 208 430.4 16 LXD 1LE7 0.070 220 515.4 18 LXD 1M7 (3) 0.070 230 538.6 20 LXD 1P7 0.070 240 562.3 22 LXD 1U7 0.070 277 800.7 29 LXD 1W7 0.070 380 1551 55 LXD 1Q7 (4) 0.070 400 1633 60 LXD 1V7 0.070 415 1694 65 LXD 1N7 0.070 440 1993 73 LXD 1R7 0.070 480 2398 87 LXD 1T7 0.070 500 2499 95 LXD 1S7 0.070 575 3294 125 LXD 1SC7 0.070 600 3810 136 LXD 1X7 0.070 660 4656 165 LXD 1YC7 0.070 690 5020 180 LXD 1Y7 0.070 (1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code. (2) Voltage for special coils fitted in contactors with serial timer modules, with 24 V supply. (3) Suitable for use on 230 V / 50 Hz. In this case, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor (see page 142). (4) Suitable for use on 400 V / 50 Hz. In this case, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor (see page 142). 537496 LXD 1pp 537496 LXD 1pp TeSys contactors� 5 a.c. coils . for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 56. 177 References� 5 503984 LXD 3pp For a contactors LC1 D40A…D65A, LC1 DT60A and LC1 DT80A Specifications Average consumption at 20 °C: inrush (cos j = 0.75) 160 VA. sealed (cos j ��������������������������������� = 0.3) 50������������������������ ����������������������� Hz: 15 VA, 60 Hz: 15 VA Operating range (q y 60 °C): 50 Hz: 0.8…1.1 Uc, 60 Hz: 0.85…1.1 Uc. - - Control circuit voltage Uc Average resistance at 20 °C ± 10% Inductance of closed circuit Reference (1) Weight V W H kg 50/60 Hz 12  0.49 0.03 LXD 3J5 (2) 0.070 24 1.98 0.12 LXD 3B7 0.070 32  3.76 0.22 LXD 3C7 0.070 42 6.18 0.37 LXD 3D7 0.070 48 7.97 0.48 LXD 3E7 0.070 100  37.63 2.07 LXD 3K7 0.070 110 42.28 2.50 LXD 3F7 0.070 115 48.76 2.74 LXD 3FE7 0.070 120 37.63 2.07 LXD 3G7 0.070 127  60.29 3.34 LXD 3FC7 0.070 200  149 8.27 LXD 3L7 0.070 208 105 6.22 LXD 3LE7 0.070 220 182 10 LXD 3M7 (3) 0.070 230 192 10.9 LXD 3P7 0.070 240 202 11.9 LXD 3U7 0.070 277  193 11 LXD 3W7 0.070 380 512 29.9 LXD 3Q7 (4) 0.070 400 607 33.1 LXD 3V7 0.070 415 635 35.6 LXD 3N7 0.070 440 682 40.1 LXD 3R7 0.070 480  607 33.1 LXD 3T7 0.070 500 878 51.7 LXD 3S7 0.070 575 1238 68.4 LXD 3SC7 0.070 600 1304 74.5 LXD 3X7 0.070 660 1593 90.1 LXD 3YC7 0.070 690 1683 98.5 LXD 3Y7 0.070 (1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code. (2) This coil can only be used on 50 Hz. (3) Suitable for use on 230 V / 50 Hz. In this case, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor (see page 142). (4) Suitable for use on 400 V / 50 Hz. In this case, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor (see page 142). TeSys contactors� 5 a.c. coils . for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 57. 178 References (continued)� 5 For 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1D40, D50, D65, D80, D95 Specifications Average consumption at 20 °C: inrush (cos j = 0.75) 50 Hz: 200������������������� ������������������ VA, 60 Hz: 220 VA, sealed (cos j ��������������������������������� = 0.3) 50������������������������ ����������������������� Hz: 20 VA, 60 Hz: 22 VA Operating range (q y 55 °C): 0.85…1.1 Uc. - - Control circuit voltage Uc Average resistance at 20°C�  ± 10  % Inductance of closed circuit Reference (1) Average resistance at 20°C  ±  10  % Inductance of closed circuit Reference (1) Weight V W H W H kg 50 Hz 60 Hz 24 1.4 0.09 LX1 D6B5 1.05 0.06 LX1 D6B6 0.280 32 2.6 0.16 LX1 D6C5 – – – 0.280 42 4.4 0.27 LX1 D6D5 – – – 0.280 48 5.5 0.35�  LX1 D6E5 4.2 0.23 LX1 D6E6 0.280 110 31 1.9 LX1 D6F5 22 1.2 LX1 D6F6 0.280 115 31 1.9 LX1 D6FE5 – – – 0.280 120 – – – 28 1.5 LX1 D6G6 0.280 127 41 2.4 LX1 D6G5 – – – 0.280 208 – – – 86 4.3 LX1 D6L6 0.280 220 – – – 98 4.8 LX1 D6M6 0.280 220/230 127 7.5 LX1 D6M5 – – – 0.280 230 133 8.1�  LX1 D6P5 – – – 0.280 240 152 8.7 LX1 D6U5 120 5.7 LX1 D6U6 0.280 256 166 10 LX1 D6W5 – – – 0.280 277 – – – 157 8 LX1 D6W6 0.280 380 – – – 300 14 LX1 D6Q6 0.280 380/400 381 22 LX1 D6Q5 – – – 0.280 400 411 25 LX1 D6V5 – – – 0.280 415 463 26 LX1 D6N5 – – – 0.280 440 513 30 LX1 D6R5 392 19 LX1 D6R6 0.280 480 – – – 480 23 LX1 D6T6 0.280 500 668 38 LX1 D6S5 – – – 0.280 575 – – – 675 33 LX1 D6S6 0.280 600 – – – 775 36 LX1 D6X6 0.280 660 1220 67 LX1 D6Y5 – – – 0.280 Specifications Average consumption at 20 °C: inrush (cos j ���������������������������������� = 0.75) 50/60 Hz: 245������������� ������������ VA at 50 Hz, sealed (cos j �������������������������������� = 0.3) 50/60 Hz: 26 VA at 50 Hz. Operating range (q ≤ 55 °C): 0.85…1.1 Uc. - - 50/60 Hz 24 – – – 1.22 0.08 LX1 D6B7 0.280 42 – – – 3.5 0.25 LX1 D6D7 0.280 48 – – – 5 0.32 LX1 D6E7 0.280 110 – – – 26 1.7 LX1 D6F7 0.280 115 – – – – – LX1 D6FE7 0.280 120 – – – 32 2 LX1 D6G7 0.280 220/230 (2) – – – 102 6.7 LX1 D6M7 0.280 230 – – – 115 7.7 LX1 D6P7 0.280 230/240 (3) – – – 131 8.3 LX1 D6U7 0.280 380/400 (4) – – – 310 20 LX1 D6Q7 0.280 400 – – – 349 23 LX1 D6V7 0.280 415 – – – 390 24 LX1 D6N7 0.280 440 – – – 410 27 LX1 D6R7 0.280 (1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code. (2) For use on 230 V / 50 Hz, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor, see pages 142 and 143. This coil can be used on 240 V at 60 Hz. (3) This coil can be used on 220/240 V at 50 Hz and on 240 V only at 60 Hz. (4) For use on 400 V / 50 Hz, apply a coefficient of 0.6 to the mechanical durability of the contactor, see pages 142 and 143. 537497 LX1 D6pp 537497 LX1 D6pp TeSys contactors� 5 a.c. coils . for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 58. 179 References (continued)� 5 For 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1 D115 Specifications Average consumption at 20 °C: inrush (cos j = 0.8) 50 or 60 Hz: 300����  ��� VA, sealed (cos j ������������������������� = 0.3) 50 or 60����������  ��������� Hz: 22 VA Operating range (q y 55 °C): 0.85…1.1 Uc. - - Control circuit voltage Uc Average resistance at 20°C  ± 10  % Inductance of closed circuit Reference (1) Average resistance at 20°C  ± 10  % Inductance of closed circuit Reference (1) Weight V W H W H kg 50 Hz 60 Hz 24 1.24 0.09 LX1 D8B5 0.87 0.07 LX1 D8B6 0.260 32 2.14 0.17 LX1 D8C5 – – – 0.260 42 3.91 0.28 LX1 D8D5 – – – 0.260 48 4.51 0.36 LX1 D8E5 3.91 0.28 LX1 D8E6 0.260 110 26.53 2.00 LX1 D8F5 19.97 1.45 LX1 D8F6 0.260 115 26.53 2.00 LX1 D8FE5 – – – 0.260 120 – – – 24.02 1.70 LX1 D8G6 0.260 127 32.75 2.44 LX1 D8FC5 – – – 0.260 208 – – – 67.92 5.06 LX1 D8L6 0.260 220 104.77 7.65 LX1 D8M5 79.61 5.69 LX1 D8M6 0.260 230 104.77 8.29 LX1 D8P5 – – – 0.260 240 125.25 8.89 LX1 D8U5 97.04 6.75 LX1 D8U6 0.260 277 – – – 125.75 8.89 LX1 D8W6 0.260 380 338.51 22.26 LX1 D8Q5 243.07 17.04 LX1 D8Q6 0.260 400 368.43 25.55 LX1 D8V5 – – – 0.260 415 368.43 27.65 LX1 D8N5 – – – 0.260 440 441.56 30.34 LX1 D8R5 338.51 22.26 LX1 D8R6 0.260 480 – – – 368.43 25.55 LX1 D8T6 0.260 500 566.62 38.12 LX1 D8S5 – – – 0.260 For 3 or 4-pole contactors LC1 D115, LC1 D150 Specifications Average consumption at 20 °C: inrush: cos j ���������������������� = 0.9 - 280 to 350 VA, sealed: cos j ������������������� = 0.9 - 2 to 18 VA. Operating range (q y 55 °C): 0.8…1.15 Uc. Coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard, class B. - - Control circuit voltage Uc Average resistance at 20°C  ±  10  % Inductance of closed circuit Reference (1) Average resistance at 20°C  ±  10  % Inductance of closed circuit Reference (1) Weight V W H W H kg 50/60 Hz 24 – – – 147 3.03 LX1 D8B7 0.290 32 – – – 301 8.28 LX1 D8C7 0.290 42 – – – 498 13.32 LX1 D8D7 0.290 48 – – – 1061 24.19 LX1 D8E7 0.290 110 – – – 4377 109.69 LX1 D8F7 0.290 115 – – – 4377 109.69 LX1 D8FE7 0.290 120 – – – 4377 109.69 LX1 D8G7 0.290 127 – – – 6586 152.65 LX1 D8FC7 0.290 208 – – – 10 895 260.15 LX1 D8LE7 0.290 220 – – – 9895 210.72 LX1 D8M7 0.290 230 – – – 9895 210.72 LX1 D8P7 0.290 240 – – – 9895 210.72 LX1 D8U7 0.290 277 – – – 21 988 533.17 LX1 D8UE7 0.290 380 – – – 21 011 482.42 LX1 D8Q7 0.290 400 – – – 21 011 482.42 LX1 D8V7 0.290 415 – – – 21 011 482.42 LX1 D8N7 0.290 440 – – – 21 501 507.47 LX1 D8R7 0.290 480 – – – 32 249 938.41 LX1 D8T7 0.290 500 – – – 32 249 938.41 LX1 D8S7 0.290 (1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code. LX1 D8pp 537502 LX1 D8pp 537502 TeSys contactors� 5 a.c. coils . for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 59. 180 References� 5 For 3-pole contactors LC1 D80 or 4-pole contactors LP1 D80 Specifications Average consumption: 22 W. Operating range: 0.85…1.1 Uc. Control circuit voltage Uc Average resistance at 20 °C ± 10% Inductance of closed circuit Reference (1) Weight V W H kg 12 6.6 0.46 LX4 D7JD 0.680 24 27 1.89 LX4 D7BD 0.680 36 57 4 LX4 D7CD 0.680 48 107 7.5 LX4 D7ED 0.680 60 170 11.9 LX4 D7ND 0.680 72 230 16.1 LX4 D7SD 0.680 110 564 39.5 LX4 D7FD 0.680 125 718 50.3 LX4 D7GD 0.680 220 2215 155 LX4 D7MD 0.680 250 2850 200 LX4 D7UD 0.680 440 9195 640 LX4 D7RD 0.680 (1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code. LX4 D7pD 537503 LX4 D7pD 537503 TeSys contactors� 5 d.c. coils . for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 60. 181 References� 5 TeSys contactors� 5 d.c. coils . for TeSys D, 3 or 4-pole contactors For contactors LC1 D115, D150 Specifications Consumption: inrush 270 to 365 W, sealed 2.4 to 5.1 W. Operating range: 0.75…1.2 Uc. Coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard, class B. Control circuit voltage Uc Average resistance at 20 °C���������  �������� ± 10  % Inductance of closed circuit Reference (1) Weight V W H kg 24 147 3.03 LX4 D8BD 0.300 48 1061 24.19 LX4 D8ED 0.300 60 1673 38.44 LX4 D8ND 0.300 72 2500 56.27 LX4 D8SD 0.300 110 4377 109.69 LX4 D8FD 0.300 125 6586 152.65 LX4 D8GD 0.300 220 9895 210.72 LX4 D8MD 0.300 250 18 022 345.40 LX4 D8UD 0.300 440 21 501 684.66 LX4 D8RD 0.300 For 3-pole contactors LC1 D80 or 4-pole contactors LP1 D80 Specifications Wide range coils for specific applications Average consumption: 23 W. Operating range: 0.75 to 1.2 Uc. Coils with TH treatment as standard. Control circuit voltage Uc Average resistance at 20 °C ±  10  % Inductance of closed circuit Reference (1) Weight V W H kg 12 6.2 0.49 LX4 D7JW 0.680 24 23.5 1.75 LX4 D7BW 0.680 36 51.9 4.18 LX4 D7CW 0.680 48 94.2 7 LX4 D7EW 0.680 72 204 15.7 LX4 D7SW 0.680 110 483 36 LX4 D7FW 0.680 220 1922 144 LX4 D7MW 0.680 (1) The last 2 digits in the reference represent the voltage code. 537504 LX4 D8pD 537504 LX4 D8pD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
  • 61. 182 LC1 D09…D18 (3-pole) LC1 D25…D38 (3�������� -pole��� ), LC1 DT20…DT40 (4������ -pole� ) LC1 D09…D18 D093… D123 D099… D129 D25… D38 D183… D323 D098, D128, DT20 and DT25 DT203 and DT253 DT32 and DT40 D188, D258, DT323 and DT403 b without add-on blocks 77 99 80 85 99 85 99 91 105 b1 with LAD 4BB 94 107 95,5 98 107 98 – – – with LA4 Dp2 110 (1) 123 (1) 111,5 (1) 114 (1) 123 (1) 114 – – – with LA4 DF, DT 119 (1) 132 (1) 120,5 (1) 123 (1) 132 (1) 129 – – – with LA4 DW, DL 126 (1) 139 (1) 127,5 (1) 130 (1) 139 (1) 190 – – – c without cover or ������������� add-on blocks 84 84 84 90 90 90 90 97 97 with ���������������������������� cover����������������������� , ��������������������� without add-on blocks 86 86 86 92 92 92 92 99 99 c1 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 117 117 117 123 123 123 123 131 131 c2 with LA6 DK10, LAD 6K10 129 129 129 135 135 135 135 143 143 c3 with LAD T, R, S 137 137 137 143 143 143 143 151 151 with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 141 141 141 147 147 147 147 155 155 (1) Including LAD 4BB. LC1 D40A…D65A (3��������� -pole���� ), LC1 DT60A…DT80A (4-pole) LC1 D80 and D95 (3�������� -pole��� ), LC1 D80004 and D80008 (4�������� -pole��� ), D40008 and D65008 (4-pole) LAD 4BB3 117 122 a (LAD 8N) (LAD 8N) 12,5 c1 c2 c3 LA4 DpB LA4 DpB LAD 4BB3 b1 12 c 12,5 Min. electrical clearance LC1 D40A…D65A DT60A…DT80A D40008 D80 D95, D65008 D80004 D80008 a 55 70 85 85 85 96 96 b1 with LA4 Dp2 – – 135 135 135 135 135 with LA4 DB3 or LAD 4BB3 136 – – 135 – – – with LA4 DF, DT 157 – 142 142 142 142 142 with LA4 DM, DW, DL 166 – 150 150 150 150 150 c without cover or ������������� add-on blocks 118 118 125 125 125 125 140 with cover, without ������������� add-on blocks 120 120 – 130 130 – – c1 with LAD N (1 contact) – – 139 150 150 150 150 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 150 150 147 158 158 158 158 c2 with ������������������ LAD 6K10 or ������ LA6 DK 163 163 159 170 170 170 170 c3 with LAD T, R, S 171 171 167 178 178 178 178 with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 175 175 171 182 182 182 182 LC1 D115 and D150 (3�������� -pole��� ), LC1 D115004 (4������ -pole� ) LC1 D115, D150 D115004 D1150046 a 120 150 155 b1 with LA4 DA2 174 174 174 with LA4 DF, DT 185 185 185 with LA4 DM, DL 188 188 188 with LA4 DW 188 188 188 c without cover or ������������� add-on blocks 132 132 115 with cover, without ������������� add-on blocks 136 – – c1 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 150 150 150 c2 with LA6 DK20 155 155 155 c3 with LAD T, R, S 168 168 168 with LAD T, R, S ����������������� and sealing cover 172 172 172 (LAD.8) (LAD.8).(1) b c 0 c c c 5 ,5 ,5 b LA (LAD.8) (LAD.8).(1) b c 0 c c c 5 ,5 ,5 b LA (LAD 8) b 45 12,5 (LAD 8) (1) 12,5 b1 44 LA4 c 10 c1 c2 c3 Minimum electrical clearance (LAD 8) b 45 12,5 (LAD 8) (1) 12,5 b1 44 LA4 c 10 c1 c2 c3 Minimum electrical clearance 12,5 (LAD 8) (LAD 8) 127 b1 a 12,5 44 32 LA4 c 12 c1 c2 c3 Minimum electrical clearance 12,5 (LAD 8) (LAD 8) 127 b1 a 12,5 44 32 LA4 c 12 c1 c2 c3 Minimum electrical clearance 158 c a c1 c2 c3 b1 LAD 8 LA4 10 Min. electrical clearance 158 c a c1 c2 c3 b1 LAD 8 LA4 10 Min. electrical clearance Minimum electrical clearance TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors Control circuit: a.c. Dimensions
  • 62. 183 LC1 D09…D18 (3������ -pole� ) LC1 D25…D38 (3������ -pole� ) LC1 D09…D18 D093…D123 D099…D129 D25…D38 D183…D323 b 77 99 80 85 99 c without cover or add-on blocks 93 93 93 99 99 with cover, without add-on blocks 95 95 95 101 101 c1 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 126 126 126 132 132 c2 with LA6 DK10 138 138 138 144 144 c3 with LAD T, R, S 146 146 146 152 152 with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover 150 150 150 156 156 LC1 DT20…DT40 (4������ -pole� ) LC1 DT20 and DT25 D098 and D128 DT203 and DT253 D0983 and D1283 DT32 and DT40 D188…D258 DT323 and DT403 D1883 and D2583 b 85 99 91 105 c with cover 99 99 107 107 c1 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 123 123 131 131 c2 with LA6 DK10 135 135 143 143 c3 with LAD T, R, S 143 143 151 151 with LADT, R, S and sealing cover 147 147 155 155 LC1 D40A…D65A (3-pole), LC1 DT60A…DT80A (4-pole) LC1 D80 and D95 (3�������� -pole��� ), LP1 D80004, LP1 D80008 (4�������� -pole��� ), . LP1 D40008 and D65008 (4-pole) LAD 4BB3 117 122 a (LAD 8N) (LAD 8N) 12,5 c1 c2 c3 LA4 DpB LA4 DpB LAD 4BB3 b1 12 c 12,5 LC1 D40A … D65A LC1 DT60A…DT80A LP1 D40008 and  D65008 LC1 D80 and D95 LP1 D80004 LP1 D80008 a 55 70 85 96 96 96 b1 with LAD 4BB3 136 136 – – – – with LA4 DF, DT 157 157 – – – – c without cover or add-on blocks 118 118 182 181 181 196 with cover, without add-on blocks 120 120 – 186 – – c1 with LAD N (1 contact) – – 196 204 204 204 with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts) 150 150 202 210 210 210 c2 with LA6 DK10 163 163 213 221 221 221 c3 with LAD T, R, S 171 171 221 229 229 229 with LADT, R, S and sealing cover 175 175 225 233 233 233 LC1 D115ppp and LC1 D150ppp with c ������������������ coil�������������� : see page 182 b c 10 c1 c2 c3 45 Minimum electrical clearance b c 10 c1 c2 c3 45 Minimum electrical clearance c b 10 c1 c2 c3 45 Minimum electrical clearance c b 10 c1 c2 c3 45 Minimum electrical clearance c b 10 c1 c2 c3 45 Minimum electrical clearance c b 10 c1 c2 c3 45 Minimum electrical clearance a c 12 c1 c2 c3 127 Min. electrical clearance a c 12 c1 c2 c3 127 Min. electrical clearance Min. electrical clearance TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors Control circuit: d.c. or low consumption Dimensions
  • 63. 184 TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors Mounting LC1 D09…D38, DT20…DT40 LC1 D40A…D65A, LC1 DT60A and DT80A, LC1 D80 and D95, LC1 D40008 and D65008 On mounting rail AM1 DP200, DR200 or AM1 DE200 (width 35 mm) On mounting rail AM1 DL200 or DL201 (width 75 mm) On mounting rail AM1 EDppp or AM1 DE200 (width 35 mm) Control circuit: a.c. Control circuit: a.c. LC1 D09… D18 D25… D38 DT20 and DT25 DT32 and DT40 LC1 D40A…D65A DT60A…DT80A D80 and D95 D40008 and D65008 b 77 85 85 100 b 122 127 127 c (AM1 DP200 or DR200) (1) 88 94 94 109 c (AM1 DL200) (1) – 147 143 c (AM1 DE200) (1) 96 102 102 117 c (AM1 DL201) (1) – 137 133 c (AM1 EDppp or DE200) (1) 128 137 133 Control circuit: d.c. Control circuit: d.c. LC1 D09… D18 D25… D38 DT20 and DT25 DT32 and DT40 LC1 D40A…D65A DT60A…DT80A D80 and D95 D40008 and D65008 b 77 85 94 109 c (AM1 DL200) (1) – 205 200 c (AM1 DP200 or DR200) (1) 97 103 103 118 c (AM1 DL201) (1) – 195 190 c (AM1 DE200) (1) 105 110 111 1236 c (AM1 EDppp or DE200) (1) 128 128 190 (1) with safety cover. (1) with safety cover. LC1 D80 and D95, LP1 D80 On 2 mounting rails DZ5 MB on 120 mm centres Control circuit: a.c. LC1 D80 and D95 c with cover 130 Control circuit: d.c. LC1 D80 and D95 c with cover 186 LP1 D80 c 181 LC1 D115, D150 On 2 mounting rails DZ5 MB on 120 mm centres 100 = = 158 c Control circuit: a.c. or d.c. LC1 D115 and D150 D1156 and D1506 c (AM1 DP200 or DR200) 134,5 117,5 c (AM1 DE200 or EDppp) 142,5 125,5 c = b = c = b = c = b = c = b = = = c b = = c b 110 120 40 c 15 DZ5 ME5 110 120 40 c 15 DZ5 ME5
  • 64. 185 LC1 D09…D38 and LC1 DT20…DT40 On 2 mounting rails DZ5 MB Control circuit: a.c. d.c. LC1 D09…D18 D25…D38 D09…D18 D25…D38 c with cover 86 92 95 101 G 35 35 35 35 H 60 60 70 70 H1 70 70 70 70 4-pole contactors LC1 DT20 and DT25 DT32 and DT40 DT20 and DT25 DT32 and DT40 c 92 100 101 109 G 35 35 35 35 H 60 60 70 70 H1 70 70 70 70 LC1 D09…D38 and LC1 DT20…DT40 LC1 D40A…D65A, LC1 DT60A…DT80A On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1 PA, PB, PC On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1 PA, PB, PC and panel mounted Control circuit: a.c d.c Control circuit: a.c d.c. LC1 D09…D18 D25…D38 D09…D18 D25…D38 LC1 D40A…65A , DT60A…DT80A D40A…65A , DT60A…DT80A c with cover 86 92 95 101 G 35 35 35 35 c with cover 120 120 H 60/70 60/70 70 70 LC1 DT20 and DT25 DT32 and DT40 DT20 and DT25 DT32 and DT40 c with cover 80 93 118 132 G 35 35 35 35 H 60 60 70 70 LC1 D09…D38, LC1 DT20…DT40 LC1 D80 and D95, LC1 D40008 and D65008, LP1 D80 Panel mounted On pre-slotted mounting plate AM1 PA, PB, PC and panel mounted Control circuit: a.c d.c Control circuit: a.c d.c. LC1 D09…D18 D25…D38 D09…D18 D25…D38 LC1 D80 and D95, D80 and D95 c with cover 86 92 95 101 D40008 and D65008 D40008 and D65008 4-pole contactors c with cover 130 186 LC1 DT20 and DT25 DT32 and DT40 DT20 and DT25 DT32 and DT40 LP1 – – D80 c with cover 90 98 90 98 c without cover – – 181 LC1 D115, D150 Panel mounted  LC1 D115 D1156 D150 D1506 c 132 115 132 115 G (3-pole) 96/110 96/110 96/110 96/110 G (4-pole) 130/144 130/144 – – c 15 H H1 DZ5 ME8 G c 15 H H1 DZ5 ME8 G H AF1 EA4 G c H AF1 EA4 G c 50 2xM4 = = 60/70 = = 35 = = 35 = = 2xØ4,5 2xM4 c 50 2xM4 = = 60/70 = = 35 = = 35 = = 2xØ4,5 2xM4 c 130 = = 158 c G = = 130 = = 158 c G = = TeSys contactors TeSys D contactors Mounting (continued) 8 7,5 AF.EA6 c xØ6,5 8 7,5 AF.EA6 0 0 c 0 = = 00/0 = = xØ6,5
  • 65. 186 Schemes� Contactors 3-pole contactors (References: pages 152 to 155) LC1 D09 to D150 4-pole contactors (References: pages 154 and 155) LC1 DT20 to DT80A LC1 D115004 LC1 D098 to D258 LC1 and LP1 D40008 to D80008 Front mounting add-on contact blocks Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (References: page 169) 1 N/O LAD N10 (1) 1 N/C LAD N01 (1) 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N11 2 N/O LAD N20 2 N/C LAD N02 2 N/O + 2 N/C LAD N22 1 N/O + 3 N/C LAD N13 4 N/O LAD N40 4 N/C LAD N04 2 N/O + 2 N/C including 1 N/O + 1 N/C make before break LAD C22 3 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N31 Instantaneous auxiliary contacts conforming to standard EN 50012 (References: page 169) 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N11G 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N11P 2 N/O + 2 N/C LAD N22G 2 N/O + 2 N/C LAD N22P 3 N/O + 1 N/C LAD N31G 3 N/O + 1 N/C LADN31P 1 N/O + 3 N/C LAD N13G 1 N/O + 3 N/C LAD N13P (1) Items in brackets refer to blocks mounted on right-hand side of contactor. A1 A2 13/NO 14 1/L1 2/T1 3/L2 5/L3 22 21/NC 4/T2 6/T3 A1 A2 13/NO 14 1/L1 2/T1 3/L2 5/L3 22 21/NC 4/T2 6/T3 A1 A2 1/L1 2/T1 3/L2 4/T2 5/L3 6/T3 7/L4 8/T4 A1 A2 1/L1 2/T1 3/L2 4/T2 5/L3 6/T3 7/L4 8/T4 A1 A2 1 2 R1 R2 R3 R4 3 4 13/NO 14 22 21/NC A1 A2 1 2 R1 R2 R3 R4 3 4 13/NO 14 22 21/NC A1 A2 R1 R2 R3 R4 1 2 3 4 A1 A2 R1 R2 R3 R4 1 2 3 4 44 43/NO (94) (93) 44 43/NO (94) (93) 42 41/NC (91) (92) 42 41/NC (91) (92) 53/NO 54 62 61/NC 53/NO 54 62 61/NC 63/NO 64 53/NO 54 63/NO 64 53/NO 54 52 51/NC 62 61/NC 52 51/NC 62 61/NC 72 71/NC 62 61/NC 83/NO 84 53/NO 54 72 71/NC 62 61/NC 83/NO 84 53/NO 54 72 71/NC 62 61/NC 53/NO 54 82 81/NC 72 71/NC 62 61/NC 53/NO 54 82 81/NC 83/NO 84 73/NO 74 63/NO 64 53/NO 54 83/NO 84 73/NO 74 63/NO 64 53/NO 54 52 51/NC 62 61/NC 72 71/NC 82 81/NC 52 51/NC 62 61/NC 72 71/NC 82 81/NC 53/NO 54 61/NC 62 87/NO 88 75/NC 76 53/NO 54 61/NC 62 87/NO 88 75/NC 76 62 61/NC 83/NO 84 73/NO 74 53/NO 54 62 61/NC 83/NO 84 73/NO 74 53/NO 54 32 31/NC 43/NO 44 32 31/NC 43/NO 44 22 21/NC 13/NO 14 22 21/NC 13/NO 14 32 31/NC 42 41/NC 63/NO 64 53/NO 54 32 31/NC 42 41/NC 63/NO 64 53/NO 54 32 31/NC 22 21/NC 43/NO 44 13/NO 14 32 31/NC 22 21/NC 43/NO 44 13/NO 14 32 31/NC 43/NO 44 63/NO 64 53/NO 54 32 31/NC 43/NO 44 63/NO 64 53/NO 54 22 21/NC 33/NO 34 13/NO 14 43/NO 44 22 21/NC 33/NO 34 13/NO 14 43/NO 44 42 41/NC 32 31/NC 52 51/NC 63/NO 64 42 41/NC 32 31/NC 52 51/NC 63/NO 64 32 31/NC 22 21/NC 13/NO 14 42 41/NC 32 31/NC 22 21/NC 13/NO 14 42 41/NC TeSys contactors� 5 TeSys D contactors
  • 66. 187 Schemes (continued)��� Front mounting add-on contact blocks Dust and damp protected instantaneous auxiliary contacts (References: page 169) 2 N/O (24-50 V) LA1 DX20 2 N/C (24-50 V) LA1 DX02 2 N/O (5-24 V) LA1 DY20 2 N/O protected (24-50 V) 2 N/O standard LA1 DZ40 2 N/O protected (24-50 V) + 1 N/O + 1 N/C standard LA1 DZ31 Time delay auxiliary contacts (References: page 170) On-delay1N/O+1 N/CLADT Off-delay1N/O+1 N/CLADR On-delay 1 N/C + 1 N/O break before make LAD S Mechanical latch blocks (References: page 170) LAD 6K10 and LA6 DK20 Side mounting add-on contact blocks Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (References: page 169) 1 N/O + 1 N/C LAD 8N11 (1) 2 N/O LAD 8N20 (1) 2 N/O LAD 8N02 (1) (1) Items in brackets refer to blocks mounted on right-hand side of contactor. Electronic serial timer module On-delay LA4 DTpU Interface modules Relay output Solid state LA4 DFB LA4 DWB References: page 173. 53/NO 54 83/NO 84 63/NO 64 73/NO 74 53/NO 54 83/NO 84 63/NO 64 73/NO 74 62 61/NC 53/NO 54 83/NO 84 73/NO 74 62 61/NC 53/NO 54 83/NO 84 73/NO 74 55/NC 56 67/NO 68 55/NC 56 67/NO 68 66 65/NC 57/NO 58 66 65/NC 57/NO 58 67/NO 68 55/NC 56 67/NO 68 55/NC 56 A1 A2 E1 E2 A1 A2 E1 E2 162 161/NC (171) (172) 153/NO 154 (183) (184) 162 161/NC (171) (172) 153/NO 154 (183) (184) TeSys contactors� 5 TeSys D contactors 153/NO 154 (184) (183) 163/NO 164 (174) (173) 262 261/NC (271) (272) 251/NC 252 (281) (282)
  • 67. 188 188 Dimensions TeSys contactors TeSys D reversing contactors LC2 D09 to D38 LC2 DT20 to DT40 2 x LC1 D09 to D38 2 x LC1 DT20 to DT40 2xM4 G a = = 60/70 = = c b e1 e2 2xM4 G a = = 60/70 = = c b e2 LC2 or 2 x LC1 a b c (1) e1 e2 G LC2 or 2 x LC1 a b c G D09 to D18 a 90 77 86 4 1.5 80 DT20 and DT25 90 85 90 80 D093 to D123 a 90 99 86 – – 80 DT32 and DT40 90 91 98 80 D09 to D18 c 90 77 95 4 1.5 80 c, e: including cabling. D093 to D123 c 90 99 95 – – 80 D25 to D38 a 90 85 92 9 5 80 D183 to D383 a 90 99 92 – – 80 D25 to D32 c 90 85 101 9 5 80 D183 to D383 c 90 99 101 – – 80 e1 and e2: including cabling. (1) With safety cover, without add-on block. LC2 D40A to D65A 2 x LC1 D40A to D65A 122 128 120 119 64 18,7 18,7 26,5 37,5 37,5 6xM4 Selection: pages 126 to 139 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 162 to 165 Schemes: pages 190 and 191
  • 68. 189 189 LC2 D80 and D95 2 x LC1 D80 and D95 a 2 x LC1 D80 and D95 c c b e1 e2 G1 = = 6xØ6,5 40 a = = G 40 100/110 8 13 c b e1 e2 G1 = = 6xØ6,5 40 a = = G 40 100/110 8 13 LC2 or 2 x LC1 a b c e1 e2 G G1 2 x LC1 a b c e1 e2 G G1 D80 and D95 a 182 127 158 13 – 57 96 D80 and D95 207 127 215 13 20 96 111 D80004 a 207 127 158 – 20 71 111 c, e1 and e2: including cabling. c, e1 and e2: including cabling. LC2 D115 and D150 2 x LC1 D115 and D150 158 e1 e2 c G a = = 130 = = LC2 or 2 x LC1 a c e1 e2 G D115 and D150 266 148 56 18 242/256 D115004 334 148 – 60 310/324 c, e1 and e2: including cabling. Dimensions (continued) TeSys contactors TeSys D reversing contactors Selection: pages 126 to 139 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 162 to 1657 Schemes: pages 190 and 191
  • 69. 190 190 Schemes TeSys contactors TeSys D reversing contactors Reversing contactors for motor control LC2 D09…D150 LAD 9R1V Horizontally mounted With integral electrical interlocking 14 A1 A2 1 2 3 4 5 6 L1 L2 L3 1 2 3 4 5 6 U V W 13/NO 14 13/NO A1 A2 22 21/NC 22 21/NC 14 A1 A2 1 2 3 4 5 6 L1 L2 L3 1 2 3 4 5 6 U V W 13/NO 14 13/NO A1 A2 22 21/NC 22 21/NC Changeover contactor pairs LC2 DT20…DT40 LAD T9R1V Horizontally mounted With integral electrical interlocking A1 A2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1/L1 1/L2 1/L3 1 2 3 4 7 8 L1 L2 N 5 6 L3 7 8 1N 2/L1 2/L2 2/L3 2N 14 13/NO 22 21/NC 14 13/NO A1 A2 22 21/NC 1 2 3 4 5 6 1/L1 1/L2 1/L3 1 2 3 4 7 8 L1 L2 N 5 6 L3 7 8 1N 2/L1 2/L2 2/L3 2N 14 A1 A2 13/NO 14 13/NO A1 A2 22 21/NC 22 21/NC Selection: pages 126 to 139 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 162 to 165 Dimensions: pages 188 and 189
  • 70. 191 191 Schemes (continued) TeSys contactors TeSys D reversing contactors Electrical interlocking of reversing contactors fitted with: Mechanical interlock with integral electrical contacts Mechanical interlock without integral electrical contacts LA9 D4002, LA9 D8002 and LA9 D11502 LAD 9V2, LAD 4CM, LA9 D50978 and LA9 D80978 01 02 01 02 A1 A2 A2 A1 A2 A2 – KM2 – KM1 A1 A2 – KM1 – KM2 A1 A2 – KM2 – KM1 Low speed-High speed cabling kit, screw clamp terminals Low speed-High speed cabling kit, spring terminals 14 A1 A2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 L1 L2 L3 1 2 3 4 5 6 U V W 13/NO 14 13/NO A1 A2 A1 A2 22 21/NC 22 21/NC 14 13 22 21 PV GV R1 R2 R3 R4 LAD 9PV/GV 14 A1 A2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 L1 L2 L3 1 2 3 4 5 6 U V W 13/NO 14 13/NO A1 A2 A1 A2 22 21/NC 22 21/NC PV GV R1 R2 R3 R4 LAD 3PV/GV U1 V1 W1 U2 V2 W2 LAD 3PV/GV10 14 13 22 21 Selection: pages 126 to 139 Characteristics: pages 140 to 145 References: pages 162 to 165 Dimensions: pages 188 and 189